1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44 #include <algorithm> 45 #include <cstring> 46 #include <functional> 47 using namespace clang; 48 using namespace sema; 49 50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57 } 58 59 namespace { 60 61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81 }; 82 83 } 84 85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119 } 120 121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122 /// return the declaration of that type. 123 /// 124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129 /// 130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131 /// and then return NULL. 132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347 } 348 349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371 } 372 373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377 /// @code 378 /// template<class T> class A { 379 /// public: 380 /// typedef int TYPE; 381 /// }; 382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383 /// public: 384 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385 /// }; 386 /// @endcode 387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498 } 499 500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501 /// or 502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515 } 516 517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569 } 570 571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584 } 585 586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618 Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880 } 881 882 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910 } 911 912 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917 } 918 919 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924 } 925 926 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928 /// 929 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948 #ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952 #endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956 } 957 958 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969 } 970 971 972 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997 } 998 999 1000 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006 } 1007 1008 1009 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011 /// 1012 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017 /// attribute. 1018 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028 } 1029 1030 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090 } 1091 1092 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095 } 1096 1097 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101 } 1102 1103 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112 } 1113 1114 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139 } 1140 1141 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145 } 1146 1147 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155 } 1156 1157 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158 /// @code 1159 /// class S { 1160 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162 /// }; 1163 /// @endcode 1164 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175 } 1176 1177 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230 } 1231 1232 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311 } 1312 1313 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324 } 1325 1326 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344 } 1345 1346 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352 } 1353 1354 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380 } 1381 1382 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384 } 1385 1386 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389 } 1390 1391 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392 /// 1393 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395 /// to the fixed name. 1396 /// 1397 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398 /// 1399 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1401 /// 1402 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403 /// class could not be found. 1404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433 } 1434 1435 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439 /// ill-formed in C++: 1440 /// @code 1441 /// struct S6 { 1442 /// enum { BAR } e; 1443 /// }; 1444 /// 1445 /// void test_S6() { 1446 /// struct S6 a; 1447 /// a.e = BAR; 1448 /// } 1449 /// @endcode 1450 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457 /// contain non-field names. 1458 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465 } 1466 1467 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483 } 1484 1485 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488 /// built-in. 1489 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569 } 1570 1571 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1572 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1573 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1574 /// entity. 1575 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1576 NamedDecl *decl, 1577 LookupResult &previous){ 1578 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1579 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1580 return; 1581 1582 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1583 if (previous.empty()) 1584 return; 1585 1586 // If this declaration has external 1587 bool hasExternalLinkage = (decl->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage); 1588 1589 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1590 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1591 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1592 1593 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1594 if (!old->isHidden()) 1595 continue; 1596 1597 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1598 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1599 filter.erase(); 1600 } 1601 1602 filter.done(); 1603 } 1604 1605 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1606 QualType OldType; 1607 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1608 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1609 else 1610 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1611 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1612 1613 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1614 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1615 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1616 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1617 << Kind << NewType; 1618 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1619 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 return true; 1622 } 1623 1624 if (OldType != NewType && 1625 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1626 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1627 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1628 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1630 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1631 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1632 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637 } 1638 1639 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1640 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1641 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1642 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1643 /// 1644 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1645 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1646 // merging checks. 1647 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1648 1649 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1650 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1651 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1652 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1653 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1654 default: break; 1655 case 2: 1656 { 1657 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1658 break; 1659 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1660 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1661 break; 1662 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1663 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1664 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1665 break; 1666 } 1667 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1668 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1669 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 case 5: 1673 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1674 break; 1675 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1676 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1677 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1678 return; 1679 case 3: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1688 } 1689 1690 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1691 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1692 if (!Old) { 1693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1694 << New->getDeclName(); 1695 1696 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1697 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1698 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1699 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 1703 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1704 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1705 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1706 1707 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1708 // with any extensions enabled. 1709 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1713 // declaration was a typedef. 1714 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1715 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1716 1717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1718 return; 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1721 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1722 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1723 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1724 // to the type to which it already refers. 1725 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1729 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1730 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1731 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1732 // 1733 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1734 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1735 // 1736 // struct S { 1737 // typedef struct A { } A; 1738 // }; 1739 // 1740 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1741 // allow the above but disallow 1742 // 1743 // struct S { 1744 // typedef int I; 1745 // typedef int I; 1746 // }; 1747 // 1748 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1749 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1750 return; 1751 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1753 << New->getDeclName(); 1754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1755 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1759 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1763 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1764 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1765 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1766 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1767 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1768 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return; 1775 } 1776 1777 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1778 /// attribute. 1779 static bool 1780 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1781 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1782 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1783 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1784 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1785 if (AA) 1786 return false; 1787 1788 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1789 switch (A->getKind()) { 1790 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1791 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1792 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1794 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1795 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1798 case attr::GuardedBy: 1799 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1800 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1801 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1802 return false; 1803 default: 1804 ; 1805 } 1806 1807 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1808 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1809 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1810 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1811 if (Ann) { 1812 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1813 return true; 1814 continue; 1815 } 1816 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1817 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1818 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823 } 1824 1825 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1826 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1827 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1828 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1829 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1830 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1831 AA->getMessage()); 1832 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1833 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1834 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1835 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1836 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1837 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1838 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1839 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1840 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1841 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1842 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1843 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1844 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1845 1846 if (NewAttr) { 1847 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1848 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1849 return true; 1850 } 1851 1852 return false; 1853 } 1854 1855 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1856 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1857 return TD->getDefinition(); 1858 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1859 return VD->getDefinition(); 1860 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1861 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1862 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1863 return Def; 1864 } 1865 return NULL; 1866 } 1867 1868 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1869 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1870 I != E; ++I) { 1871 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1872 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1873 return true; 1874 } 1875 return false; 1876 } 1877 1878 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1879 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1880 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1881 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1882 return; 1883 1884 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1885 if (!Def || Def == New) 1886 return; 1887 1888 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1889 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1890 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1891 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1892 ++I; 1893 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1894 } 1895 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1896 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1897 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1898 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1899 --E; 1900 } 1901 } 1902 1903 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1904 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1905 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1906 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1907 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1908 1909 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1910 return; 1911 1912 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1913 1914 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1915 // we process them. 1916 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1917 1918 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1919 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1920 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1921 i != e; ++i) { 1922 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1923 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1924 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1925 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1926 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1927 continue; 1928 1929 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1930 foundAny = true; 1931 } 1932 1933 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1934 } 1935 1936 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1937 /// to the new one. 1938 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1939 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1940 ASTContext &C) { 1941 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1942 return; 1943 1944 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1945 1946 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1947 // done before we process them. 1948 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1949 1950 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1951 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1952 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1953 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1954 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1955 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1956 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1957 foundAny = true; 1958 } 1959 } 1960 1961 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1962 } 1963 1964 namespace { 1965 1966 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1967 /// C. 1968 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1969 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1970 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1971 QualType PromotedType; 1972 }; 1973 1974 } 1975 1976 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1977 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1978 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1979 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1980 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1981 1982 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1983 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1984 1985 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1986 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1987 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1988 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1989 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1990 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1991 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1992 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1993 } 1994 1995 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1996 } 1997 1998 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1999 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2000 /// GNU89 mode. 2001 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2002 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2003 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2004 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2005 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2006 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2007 } 2008 2009 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2010 /// declaration? 2011 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2012 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2013 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2014 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2015 } else { 2016 // Free C function or a static method. 2017 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2018 } 2019 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2020 } 2021 2022 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2023 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2024 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2025 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2026 /// 2027 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2028 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2029 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2030 /// merged with. 2031 /// 2032 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2033 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2034 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2035 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2036 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2037 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2038 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2039 else 2040 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2041 if (!Old) { 2042 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2044 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2045 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2046 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2047 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2048 return true; 2049 } 2050 2051 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2052 << New->getDeclName(); 2053 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2054 return true; 2055 } 2056 2057 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2058 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2059 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2060 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2061 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2062 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2063 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2064 else 2065 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2066 2067 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2068 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2069 2070 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2071 // is an extern inline function. 2072 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2073 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2074 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2075 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2076 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2078 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2079 } else { 2080 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2081 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2082 return true; 2083 } 2084 } 2085 2086 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2087 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2088 // calling convention of the first. 2089 // 2090 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2091 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2092 // 2093 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2094 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2095 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2096 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2097 // because it is the default calling convention. 2098 // 2099 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2100 // other tests to run. 2101 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2102 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2103 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2104 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2105 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2106 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2107 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2108 2109 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2110 // there but not here. 2111 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2112 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2113 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2114 2115 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2116 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2117 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2118 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2119 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2120 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2121 2122 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2123 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2124 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2126 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2127 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2128 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2129 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2130 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2131 return true; 2132 } 2133 2134 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2135 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2136 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2137 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2138 } 2139 2140 // Merge regparm attribute. 2141 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2142 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2143 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2144 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2145 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2146 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2147 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2148 return true; 2149 } 2150 2151 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2152 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2153 } 2154 2155 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2156 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2157 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2158 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2159 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2160 return true; 2161 } 2162 2163 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2164 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2165 } 2166 2167 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2168 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2169 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2170 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2171 } 2172 2173 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2174 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2175 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2176 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2177 // cannot be overloaded. 2178 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2179 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2180 QualType ResQT; 2181 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2182 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2183 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2184 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2185 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2186 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2187 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2188 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2189 else 2190 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2191 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2192 return true; 2193 } 2194 else 2195 NewQType = ResQT; 2196 } 2197 2198 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2199 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2200 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2201 // Preserve triviality. 2202 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2203 2204 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2205 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2206 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2207 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2208 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2209 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2210 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2211 2212 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2213 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2214 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2215 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2216 // is a static member function declaration. 2217 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2219 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2220 return true; 2221 } 2222 2223 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2224 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2225 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2226 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2227 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2228 unsigned NewDiag; 2229 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2230 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2231 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2232 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2233 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2234 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2235 else 2236 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2237 2238 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2239 } else { 2240 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2241 << New << New->getType(); 2242 } 2243 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2244 2245 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2246 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2247 // 2248 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2249 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2250 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2251 if (isFriend) { 2252 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2253 } else { 2254 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2255 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2256 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2257 return true; 2258 } 2259 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2260 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2261 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2262 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2263 return true; 2264 } 2265 } 2266 2267 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2268 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2269 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2270 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2271 2272 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2273 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2274 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2275 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2276 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2277 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2278 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2279 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2280 } 2281 2282 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2283 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2284 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2285 return true; 2286 } 2287 2288 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2289 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2290 2291 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2292 } 2293 2294 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2295 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2296 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2297 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2298 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2299 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2300 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2301 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2302 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2303 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2304 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2305 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2306 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2307 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2308 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2309 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2310 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2311 New->setType(NewQType); 2312 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2313 2314 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2315 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2316 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2317 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2318 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2319 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2320 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2321 SourceLocation(), 2322 SourceLocation(), 0, 2323 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2324 SC_None, SC_None, 2325 0); 2326 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2327 Param->setImplicit(); 2328 Params.push_back(Param); 2329 } 2330 2331 New->setParams(Params); 2332 } 2333 2334 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2335 } 2336 2337 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2338 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2339 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2340 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2341 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2342 // the prototype. 2343 // 2344 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2345 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2346 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2347 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2348 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2349 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2350 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2351 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2352 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2353 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2354 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2355 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2356 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2357 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2358 2359 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2360 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2361 NewProto->getResultType()); 2362 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2363 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2364 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2365 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2366 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2367 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2368 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2369 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2370 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2371 NewParm->getType(), 2372 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2373 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2374 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2375 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2376 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2377 } else 2378 LooseCompatible = false; 2379 } 2380 2381 if (LooseCompatible) { 2382 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2383 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2384 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2385 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2386 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2387 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2388 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2389 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2390 } 2391 2392 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2393 ArgTypes.size(), 2394 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2395 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2396 } 2397 2398 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2399 } 2400 2401 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2402 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2403 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2404 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2405 // signature. 2406 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2407 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2408 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2409 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2410 // library built-in. 2411 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2412 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2413 << Old << Old->getType(); 2414 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2415 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2416 return false; 2417 } 2418 2419 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2420 } 2421 2422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2423 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2424 return true; 2425 } 2426 2427 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2428 /// known to be compatible. 2429 /// 2430 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2431 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2432 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2433 /// redeclaration of Old. 2434 /// 2435 /// \returns false 2436 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2437 Scope *S) { 2438 // Merge the attributes 2439 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2440 2441 // Merge the storage class. 2442 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2443 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2444 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2445 2446 // Merge "pure" flag. 2447 if (Old->isPure()) 2448 New->setPure(); 2449 2450 // Merge "used" flag. 2451 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2452 New->setUsed(); 2453 2454 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2455 // declarations. 2456 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2457 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2458 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2459 Context); 2460 2461 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2462 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2463 2464 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2465 // and argument types. 2466 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2467 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2468 New->setType(Merged); 2469 2470 return false; 2471 } 2472 2473 2474 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2475 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2476 2477 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2478 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2479 2480 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2481 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2482 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2483 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2484 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2485 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2486 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2487 2488 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2489 } 2490 2491 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2492 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2493 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2494 /// 2495 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2496 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2497 /// is attached. 2498 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2499 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2500 return; 2501 2502 QualType MergedT; 2503 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2504 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2505 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2506 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2507 return; 2508 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2509 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2510 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2511 } 2512 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2513 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2514 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2515 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2516 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2517 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2518 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2519 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2520 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2521 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2522 NewArray->getElementType())) 2523 MergedT = New->getType(); 2524 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2525 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2526 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2527 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2528 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2529 NewArray->getElementType())) 2530 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2531 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2532 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2533 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2534 Old->getType()); 2535 } 2536 } else { 2537 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2538 } 2539 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2541 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2542 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2543 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2544 } 2545 New->setType(MergedT); 2546 } 2547 2548 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2549 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2550 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2551 /// 2552 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2553 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2554 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2555 /// 2556 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2557 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2558 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2559 return; 2560 2561 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2562 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2563 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2564 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2566 << New->getDeclName(); 2567 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2568 diag::note_previous_definition); 2569 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2570 } 2571 2572 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2573 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2574 // 2575 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2576 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2578 << New->getIdentifier(); 2579 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2580 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2581 } 2582 2583 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2584 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2585 // declaration 2586 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2587 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2588 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2589 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2590 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2591 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2592 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2593 } 2594 2595 // Merge the types. 2596 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2597 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2598 return; 2599 2600 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2601 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2602 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2604 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2605 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2606 } 2607 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2608 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2609 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2610 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2611 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2612 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2613 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2614 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2615 // identifier has external linkage. 2616 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2617 /* Okay */; 2618 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2619 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2621 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2622 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2623 } 2624 2625 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2626 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2627 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2628 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2630 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2631 } 2632 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2633 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2634 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2635 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2636 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2637 } 2638 2639 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2640 2641 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2642 // need to check for mismatches. 2643 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2644 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2645 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2646 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2648 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2649 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2650 } 2651 2652 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2653 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2654 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2655 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2656 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2657 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2658 } 2659 2660 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2661 const VarDecl *Def; 2662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2663 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2664 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2665 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2666 << New->getDeclName(); 2667 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2668 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2669 return; 2670 } 2671 2672 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2674 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2675 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2676 return; 2677 } 2678 2679 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2680 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2681 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2682 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2683 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2684 // specified at the prior declaration. 2685 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2686 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2687 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2688 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2689 2690 // Merge "used" flag. 2691 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2692 New->setUsed(); 2693 2694 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2695 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2696 2697 // Inherit access appropriately. 2698 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2699 } 2700 2701 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2702 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2703 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2704 DeclSpec &DS) { 2705 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2706 } 2707 2708 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2709 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2710 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2711 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2712 DeclSpec &DS, 2713 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2714 Decl *TagD = 0; 2715 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2716 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2717 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2718 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2719 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2720 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2721 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2722 2723 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2724 return 0; 2725 2726 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2727 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2728 // it's a Type. 2729 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2730 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2731 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2732 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2733 } 2734 2735 if (Tag) { 2736 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2737 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2738 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2739 return Tag; 2740 } 2741 2742 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2743 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2744 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2745 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2746 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2747 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2748 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2749 } 2750 2751 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2752 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2753 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2754 if (Tag) 2755 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2756 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2757 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2758 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2759 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2760 else 2761 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2762 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2763 return TagD; 2764 } 2765 2766 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2767 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2768 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2769 if (TagD && !Tag) 2770 return 0; 2771 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2772 } 2773 2774 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2775 // declarators. 2776 bool emittedWarning = false; 2777 2778 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2779 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2780 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2781 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2782 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2783 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2784 2785 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2786 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2787 emittedWarning = true; 2788 } 2789 } 2790 2791 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2792 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2793 CurContext->isRecord() && 2794 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2795 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2796 // struct STRUCT; 2797 // and 2798 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2799 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2800 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2801 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2802 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2803 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2804 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2805 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2806 } 2807 } 2808 2809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2810 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2811 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2812 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2813 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2814 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2815 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2816 emittedWarning = true; 2817 } 2818 2819 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2820 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2821 2822 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2823 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2824 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2825 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2826 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2827 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2828 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2829 return Tag; 2830 } 2831 2832 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2833 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2834 emittedWarning = true; 2835 } 2836 2837 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2838 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2839 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2840 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2841 return TagD; 2842 2843 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2844 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2845 // useless. 2846 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2847 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2848 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2849 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2850 2851 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2852 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2853 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2854 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2855 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2856 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2857 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2858 // Restrict is covered above. 2859 } 2860 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2861 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2862 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2863 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2864 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2865 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2866 2867 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2868 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2869 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2870 << Tag->getTagKind() 2871 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2872 2873 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2874 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2875 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2876 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2877 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2878 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2879 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2880 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2881 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2882 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2883 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2884 while (attrs) { 2885 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2886 << attrs->getName() 2887 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2888 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2889 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2890 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2891 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2892 } 2893 } 2894 } 2895 2896 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2897 2898 return TagD; 2899 } 2900 2901 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2902 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2903 /// 2904 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2905 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2906 Scope *S, 2907 DeclContext *Owner, 2908 DeclarationName Name, 2909 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2910 unsigned diagnostic) { 2911 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2912 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2913 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2914 2915 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2916 return false; 2917 2918 // Pick a representative declaration. 2919 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2920 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2921 2922 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2923 return false; 2924 2925 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2926 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2927 2928 return true; 2929 } 2930 2931 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2932 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2933 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2934 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2935 /// struct, e.g., 2936 /// 2937 /// @code 2938 /// union { 2939 /// int i; 2940 /// float f; 2941 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2942 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2943 /// @endcode 2944 /// 2945 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2946 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2947 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2948 DeclContext *Owner, 2949 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2950 AccessSpecifier AS, 2951 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2952 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2953 unsigned diagKind 2954 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2955 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2956 2957 bool Invalid = false; 2958 2959 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2960 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2961 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2962 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2963 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2964 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2965 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2966 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2967 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2968 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2969 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2970 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2971 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2972 Invalid = true; 2973 } else { 2974 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2975 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2976 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2977 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2978 // anonymous union is declared. 2979 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2980 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2981 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2982 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2983 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2984 else 2985 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2986 2987 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2988 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2989 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2990 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2991 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2992 2993 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2994 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2995 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2996 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2997 2998 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2999 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3000 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3001 3002 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3003 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3004 3005 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3006 } 3007 } 3008 } 3009 3010 return Invalid; 3011 } 3012 3013 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3014 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3015 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3016 static StorageClass 3017 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3018 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3019 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3020 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3021 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3022 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3023 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3024 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3025 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3026 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3027 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3028 } 3029 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3030 } 3031 3032 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3033 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3034 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3035 static StorageClass 3036 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3037 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3038 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3039 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3040 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3041 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3042 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3043 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3044 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3045 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3046 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3047 } 3048 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3049 } 3050 3051 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3052 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3053 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3054 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3055 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3056 AccessSpecifier AS, 3057 RecordDecl *Record) { 3058 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3059 3060 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3061 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3062 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3063 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3064 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3065 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3066 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3067 3068 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3069 // structs/unions. 3070 bool Invalid = false; 3071 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3072 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3073 unsigned DiagID; 3074 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3075 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3076 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3077 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3078 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3079 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3080 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3081 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3082 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3083 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3084 3085 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3086 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3087 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3088 } 3089 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3090 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3091 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3092 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3093 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3094 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3095 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3096 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3097 3098 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3099 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3100 SourceLocation(), 3101 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3102 } 3103 } 3104 3105 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3106 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3107 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3108 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3109 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3110 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3111 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3112 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3113 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3114 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3116 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3117 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3118 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3119 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3120 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3121 3122 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3123 } 3124 3125 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3126 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3127 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3128 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3129 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3130 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3131 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3132 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3133 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3134 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3135 // members (clause 11). 3136 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3137 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3138 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3139 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3140 Invalid = true; 3141 } 3142 3143 // C++ [class.union]p1 3144 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3145 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3146 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3147 // array of such objects. 3148 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3149 Invalid = true; 3150 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3151 // Any implicit members are fine. 3152 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3153 // This is a type that showed up in an 3154 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3155 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3156 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3157 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3158 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3159 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3160 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3161 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3162 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3163 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3164 else { 3165 // This is a nested type declaration. 3166 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3167 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3168 Invalid = true; 3169 } 3170 } 3171 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3172 // Any access specifier is fine. 3173 } else { 3174 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3175 // member. Complain about it. 3176 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3177 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3178 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3179 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3180 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3181 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3182 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3183 3184 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3185 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3186 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3187 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3188 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3189 else { 3190 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3191 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3192 Invalid = true; 3193 } 3194 } 3195 } 3196 } 3197 3198 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3199 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3200 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3201 Invalid = true; 3202 } 3203 3204 // Mock up a declarator. 3205 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3207 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3208 3209 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3210 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3211 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3212 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3213 DS.getLocStart(), 3214 Record->getLocation(), 3215 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3216 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3217 TInfo, 3218 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3219 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3220 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3222 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3223 } else { 3224 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3225 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3226 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3227 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3228 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3229 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3230 // an error here 3231 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3232 Invalid = true; 3233 SC = SC_None; 3234 } 3235 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3236 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3237 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3238 3239 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3240 DS.getLocStart(), 3241 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3242 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3243 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3244 3245 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3246 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3247 // initializer: 3248 // union { int n = 0; }; 3249 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3250 } 3251 Anon->setImplicit(); 3252 3253 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3254 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3255 // its members. 3256 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3257 3258 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3259 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3260 // purposes. 3261 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3262 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3263 3264 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3265 Chain, false)) 3266 Invalid = true; 3267 3268 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3269 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3270 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3271 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3272 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3273 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3274 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3275 3276 if (Invalid) 3277 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3278 3279 return Anon; 3280 } 3281 3282 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3283 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3284 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3285 /// Example: 3286 /// 3287 /// struct A { int a; }; 3288 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3289 /// 3290 /// void foo() { 3291 /// B var; 3292 /// var.a = 3; 3293 /// } 3294 /// 3295 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3296 RecordDecl *Record) { 3297 3298 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3299 if (!Record) 3300 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3301 3302 // Mock up a declarator. 3303 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3305 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3306 3307 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3308 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3309 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3310 DS.getLocStart(), 3311 DS.getLocStart(), 3312 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3313 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3314 TInfo, 3315 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3316 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3317 Anon->setImplicit(); 3318 3319 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3320 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3321 3322 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3323 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3324 // purposes. 3325 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3326 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3327 3328 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3329 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3330 RecordDef, AS_none, 3331 Chain, true)) 3332 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3333 3334 return Anon; 3335 } 3336 3337 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3338 /// given Declarator. 3339 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3340 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3341 } 3342 3343 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3344 DeclarationNameInfo 3345 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3346 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3347 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3348 3349 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3350 3351 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3352 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3353 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3354 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3355 return NameInfo; 3356 3357 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3358 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3359 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3360 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3361 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3362 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3363 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3364 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3365 return NameInfo; 3366 3367 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3368 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3369 Name.Identifier)); 3370 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3371 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3372 return NameInfo; 3373 3374 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3375 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3376 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3377 if (Ty.isNull()) 3378 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3379 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3380 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3381 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3382 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3383 return NameInfo; 3384 } 3385 3386 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3387 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3388 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3389 if (Ty.isNull()) 3390 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3391 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3392 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3393 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3394 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3395 return NameInfo; 3396 } 3397 3398 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3399 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3400 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3401 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3402 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3403 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3404 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3405 3406 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3407 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3408 3409 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3410 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3411 // was qualified. 3412 3413 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3414 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3415 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3416 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3417 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3418 return NameInfo; 3419 } 3420 3421 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3422 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3423 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3424 if (Ty.isNull()) 3425 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3426 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3427 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3428 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3429 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3430 return NameInfo; 3431 } 3432 3433 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3434 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3435 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3436 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3437 } 3438 3439 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3440 3441 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3442 } 3443 3444 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3445 do { 3446 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3447 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3448 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3449 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3450 else 3451 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3452 } while (true); 3453 } 3454 3455 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3456 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3457 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3458 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3459 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3460 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3461 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3462 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3463 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3464 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3465 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3466 Params.clear(); 3467 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3468 return false; 3469 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3470 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3471 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3472 3473 // The parameter types are identical 3474 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3475 continue; 3476 3477 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3478 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3479 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3480 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3481 3482 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3483 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3484 Params.push_back(Idx); 3485 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3486 return false; 3487 } 3488 3489 return true; 3490 } 3491 3492 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3493 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3494 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3495 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3496 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3497 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3498 DeclarationName Name) { 3499 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3500 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3501 // - types which will become injected class names 3502 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3503 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3504 // few cases here. 3505 3506 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3507 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3508 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3509 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3510 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3511 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3512 // Grab the type from the parser. 3513 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3514 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3515 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3516 3517 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3518 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3519 // attached already. 3520 if (!TSI) 3521 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3522 3523 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3524 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3525 if (!TSI) return true; 3526 3527 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3528 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3529 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3530 break; 3531 } 3532 3533 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3534 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3535 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3536 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3537 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3538 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3539 break; 3540 } 3541 3542 default: 3543 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3544 break; 3545 } 3546 3547 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3548 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3549 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3550 3551 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3552 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3553 // pointer. 3554 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3555 continue; 3556 3557 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3558 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3559 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3560 return true; 3561 } 3562 3563 return false; 3564 } 3565 3566 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3567 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3568 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3569 3570 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3571 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3572 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3573 3574 return Dcl; 3575 } 3576 3577 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3578 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3579 /// name different from T: 3580 /// - every static data member of class T; 3581 /// - every member function of class T 3582 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3583 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3584 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3585 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3586 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3587 3588 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3589 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3590 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3591 return true; 3592 } 3593 3594 return false; 3595 } 3596 3597 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3598 /// nested-name-specifier. 3599 /// 3600 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3601 /// 3602 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3603 /// resolves. 3604 /// 3605 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3606 /// 3607 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3608 /// 3609 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3610 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3611 DeclarationName Name, 3612 SourceLocation Loc) { 3613 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3614 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3615 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3616 3617 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3618 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3619 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3620 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3621 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3622 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3623 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3624 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3625 3626 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3627 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3628 // 3629 // class X { 3630 // void X::f(); 3631 // }; 3632 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3633 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3634 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3635 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3636 SS.clear(); 3637 return false; 3638 } 3639 3640 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3641 // declaration. 3642 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3643 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3644 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3645 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3646 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3647 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3648 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3649 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3651 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3652 else 3653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3654 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3655 3656 return true; 3657 } 3658 3659 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3660 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3661 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3662 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3663 SS.clear(); 3664 3665 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3666 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3667 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3668 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3669 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3670 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3671 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3672 return true; 3673 3674 return false; 3675 } 3676 3677 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3678 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3679 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3680 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3681 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3682 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3683 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3684 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3685 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3686 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3687 3688 return false; 3689 } 3690 3691 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3692 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3693 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3694 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3695 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3696 3697 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3698 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3699 if (!Name) { 3700 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3701 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3702 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3703 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3704 return 0; 3705 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3706 return 0; 3707 3708 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3709 // we find one that is. 3710 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3711 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3712 S = S->getParent(); 3713 3714 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3715 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3716 D.setInvalidType(); 3717 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3718 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3719 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3720 return 0; 3721 3722 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3723 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3724 if (!DC) { 3725 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3726 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3727 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3728 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3729 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3730 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3731 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3732 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3733 return 0; 3734 } 3735 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3736 3737 if (!IsDependentContext && 3738 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3739 return 0; 3740 3741 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3742 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3743 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3744 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3745 D.setInvalidType(); 3746 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3747 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3748 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3749 if (DC->isRecord()) 3750 return 0; 3751 3752 D.setInvalidType(); 3753 } 3754 } 3755 3756 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3757 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3758 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3759 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3760 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3761 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3762 D.setInvalidType(); 3763 } 3764 } 3765 3766 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3767 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3768 // Just return early; it's safer. 3769 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3770 return 0; 3771 3772 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3773 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3774 3775 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3776 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3777 D.setInvalidType(); 3778 3779 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3780 ForRedeclaration); 3781 3782 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3783 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3784 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3785 3786 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3787 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3788 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3789 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3790 /* Do nothing*/; 3791 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3792 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3793 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3794 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3795 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3796 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3797 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3798 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3799 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3800 3801 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3802 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3803 3804 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3805 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3806 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3807 3808 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3809 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3810 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3811 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3812 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3813 // thereof; [...] 3814 // 3815 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3816 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3817 // we want to match. For example, given: 3818 // 3819 // class X { 3820 // void f(); 3821 // void f(float); 3822 // }; 3823 // 3824 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3825 // 3826 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3827 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3828 // matches. 3829 3830 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3831 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3832 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3833 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3834 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3835 } 3836 3837 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3838 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3839 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3840 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3841 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3842 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3843 3844 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3845 Previous.clear(); 3846 } 3847 3848 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3849 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3850 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3851 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3852 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3853 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3854 Previous.clear(); 3855 3856 NamedDecl *New; 3857 3858 bool AddToScope = true; 3859 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3860 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3862 return 0; 3863 } 3864 3865 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3866 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3867 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3868 TemplateParamLists, 3869 AddToScope); 3870 } else { 3871 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3872 TemplateParamLists); 3873 } 3874 3875 if (New == 0) 3876 return 0; 3877 3878 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3879 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3880 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3881 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3882 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3883 3884 return New; 3885 } 3886 3887 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3888 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3889 /// GCC compatibility). 3890 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3891 ASTContext &Context, 3892 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3893 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3894 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3895 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3896 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3897 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3898 SizeIsNegative = false; 3899 Oversized = 0; 3900 3901 if (T->isDependentType()) 3902 return QualType(); 3903 3904 QualifierCollector Qs; 3905 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3906 3907 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3908 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3909 QualType FixedType = 3910 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3911 Oversized); 3912 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3913 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3914 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3915 } 3916 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3917 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3918 QualType FixedType = 3919 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3920 Oversized); 3921 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3922 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3923 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3924 } 3925 3926 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3927 if (!VLATy) 3928 return QualType(); 3929 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3930 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3931 return QualType(); 3932 3933 llvm::APSInt Res; 3934 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3935 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3936 return QualType(); 3937 3938 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3939 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3940 SizeIsNegative = true; 3941 return QualType(); 3942 } 3943 3944 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3945 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3946 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3947 Res); 3948 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3949 Oversized = Res; 3950 return QualType(); 3951 } 3952 3953 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3954 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3955 } 3956 3957 static void 3958 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3959 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3960 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3961 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3962 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3963 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3964 return; 3965 } 3966 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3967 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3968 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3969 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3970 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3971 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3972 return; 3973 } 3974 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3975 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3976 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3977 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3978 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3979 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3980 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3981 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3982 } 3983 3984 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3985 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3986 /// GCC compatibility). 3987 static TypeSourceInfo* 3988 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3989 ASTContext &Context, 3990 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3991 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3992 QualType FixedTy 3993 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3994 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3995 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 3996 return 0; 3997 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 3998 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 3999 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4000 return FixedTInfo; 4001 } 4002 4003 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4004 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4005 void 4006 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4007 const LookupResult &Previous, 4008 Scope *S) { 4009 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4010 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4011 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4012 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4013 4014 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4015 return; 4016 4017 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4018 4019 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4020 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4021 // declaration. 4022 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4023 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4024 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4025 4026 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4027 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4028 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4029 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4030 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4031 4032 } else { 4033 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4034 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4035 S = S->getParent(); 4036 } 4037 4038 if (S) 4039 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4040 } 4041 } 4042 4043 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4044 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4045 if (ExternalSource) { 4046 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4047 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4048 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4049 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4050 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4051 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4052 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4053 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4054 } 4055 } 4056 4057 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4058 } 4059 4060 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4061 /// does not identify a function. 4062 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4063 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4064 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4065 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4066 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4067 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4068 4069 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4070 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4071 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4072 4073 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4074 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4075 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4076 } 4077 4078 NamedDecl* 4079 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4080 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4081 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4082 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4083 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4084 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4085 D.setInvalidType(); 4086 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4087 DC = CurContext; 4088 Previous.clear(); 4089 } 4090 4091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4092 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4093 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4094 } 4095 4096 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4097 4098 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4100 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4101 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4102 << 1; 4103 4104 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4105 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4106 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4107 return 0; 4108 } 4109 4110 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4111 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4112 4113 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4114 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4115 4116 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4117 4118 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4119 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4120 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4121 return ND; 4122 } 4123 4124 void 4125 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4126 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4127 // then it shall have block scope. 4128 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4129 // that redeclarations will match. 4130 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4131 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4132 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4133 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4134 4135 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4136 bool SizeIsNegative; 4137 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4138 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4139 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4140 SizeIsNegative, 4141 Oversized); 4142 if (FixedTInfo) { 4143 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4144 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4145 } else { 4146 if (SizeIsNegative) 4147 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4148 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4149 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4150 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4151 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4152 << Oversized.toString(10); 4153 else 4154 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4155 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4156 } 4157 } 4158 } 4159 } 4160 4161 4162 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4163 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4164 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4165 NamedDecl* 4166 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4167 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4168 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4169 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4170 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4171 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4172 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4173 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4174 Redeclaration = true; 4175 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4176 } 4177 4178 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4179 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4180 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4181 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4182 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4183 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4184 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4185 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4186 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4187 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4188 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4189 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4190 } 4191 4192 return NewTD; 4193 } 4194 4195 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4196 /// previous declaration. 4197 /// 4198 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4199 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4200 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4201 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4202 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4203 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4204 /// 4205 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4206 /// lookup 4207 /// 4208 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4209 /// declared. 4210 /// 4211 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4212 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4213 static bool 4214 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4215 ASTContext &Context) { 4216 if (!PrevDecl) 4217 return false; 4218 4219 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4220 return false; 4221 4222 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4223 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4224 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4225 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4226 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4227 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4228 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4229 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4230 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4231 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4232 return false; 4233 4234 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4235 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4236 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4237 return false; 4238 4239 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4240 // previous declarations. 4241 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4242 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4243 4244 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4245 // isn't the same function. 4246 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4247 return false; 4248 } 4249 4250 return true; 4251 } 4252 4253 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4254 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4255 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4256 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4257 } 4258 4259 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4260 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4261 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4262 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4263 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4264 unsigned kind = -1U; 4265 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4266 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4267 kind = 0; // __block 4268 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4269 kind = 1; // global 4270 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4271 kind = 3; // ivar 4272 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4273 kind = 2; // field 4274 } 4275 4276 if (kind != -1U) { 4277 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4278 << kind; 4279 } 4280 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4281 // Try to infer lifetime. 4282 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4283 return false; 4284 4285 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4286 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4287 decl->setType(type); 4288 } 4289 4290 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4291 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4292 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4293 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4294 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4295 << var->getType(); 4296 return true; 4297 } 4298 } 4299 4300 return false; 4301 } 4302 4303 NamedDecl* 4304 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4305 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4306 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4307 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4308 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4309 4310 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4311 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4312 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4313 4314 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4315 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4316 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4317 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4318 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4319 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4320 // an error here 4321 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4322 D.setInvalidType(); 4323 SC = SC_None; 4324 } 4325 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4326 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4327 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4328 4329 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4330 if (!II) { 4331 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4332 << Name; 4333 return 0; 4334 } 4335 4336 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4337 4338 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4339 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4340 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4341 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4342 4343 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4344 // is a GNU extension. 4345 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4346 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4347 else 4348 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4349 D.setInvalidType(); 4350 } 4351 } 4352 4353 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4354 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4355 // OpenCL __local address space. 4356 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4357 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4358 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4359 } 4360 } 4361 4362 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4363 VarDecl *NewVD; 4364 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4365 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4366 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4367 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4368 4369 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4370 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4371 } else { 4372 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4373 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4374 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4376 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4377 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4378 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4379 SC = SC_Static; 4380 } 4381 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4382 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4383 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4384 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4385 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4386 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4387 4388 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4389 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4390 if (RD->isUnion()) 4391 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4392 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4393 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4394 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4395 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4396 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4397 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4398 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4399 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4400 } 4401 } 4402 4403 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4404 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4405 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4406 bool Invalid = false; 4407 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4408 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4409 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4410 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4411 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4412 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4413 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4414 /*never a friend*/ false, 4415 isExplicitSpecialization, 4416 Invalid)) { 4417 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4418 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4419 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4420 << II 4421 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4422 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4423 return 0; 4424 } else { 4425 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4426 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4427 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4428 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4429 << II 4430 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4431 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4432 } 4433 } 4434 4435 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4436 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4437 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4438 4439 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4440 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4441 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4442 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4443 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4444 4445 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4446 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4447 4448 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4449 4450 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4451 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4452 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4453 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4454 } 4455 4456 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4457 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4458 } 4459 4460 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4461 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4462 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4463 4464 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4465 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4466 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4467 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4468 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4469 else 4470 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4471 } 4472 4473 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4474 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4475 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4476 << 2 4477 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4478 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4479 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4480 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4481 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4482 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4483 else 4484 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4485 } 4486 4487 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4488 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4489 4490 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4491 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4492 // storage [duration]." 4493 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4494 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4495 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4496 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4497 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4498 } 4499 } 4500 4501 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4502 // retainable type. 4503 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4504 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4505 4506 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4507 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4508 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4509 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4510 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4511 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4512 switch (SC) { 4513 case SC_None: 4514 case SC_Auto: 4515 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4516 break; 4517 case SC_Register: 4518 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4519 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4520 break; 4521 case SC_Static: 4522 case SC_Extern: 4523 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4524 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4525 break; 4526 } 4527 } 4528 4529 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4530 Context, Label)); 4531 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4532 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4533 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4534 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4535 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4536 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4537 } 4538 } 4539 4540 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4541 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4542 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4543 4544 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4545 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4546 // declaration has linkage). 4547 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4548 isExplicitSpecialization); 4549 4550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4551 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4552 } else { 4553 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4554 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4555 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4556 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4557 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4558 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4559 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4560 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4561 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4562 Previous.clear(); 4563 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4564 } 4565 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4566 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4567 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4568 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4569 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4570 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4571 } 4572 4573 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4574 4575 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4576 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4577 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4578 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4579 } 4580 4581 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4582 // such variables. 4583 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4584 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4585 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4586 4587 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4588 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4589 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4590 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4591 4592 return NewVD; 4593 } 4594 4595 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4596 /// -Wshadow. 4597 /// 4598 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4599 /// scope. 4600 /// 4601 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4602 /// \param R the lookup of the name 4603 /// 4604 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4605 // Return if warning is ignored. 4606 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4607 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4608 return; 4609 4610 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4611 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4612 return; 4613 4614 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4615 4616 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4617 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4618 return; 4619 4620 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4621 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4622 return; 4623 4624 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4625 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4626 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4627 if (MD->isStatic()) 4628 return; 4629 4630 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4631 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4632 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4633 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4634 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4635 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4636 I != E; ++I) 4637 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4638 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4639 break; 4640 } 4641 } 4642 4643 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4644 4645 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4646 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4647 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4648 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4649 return; 4650 4651 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4652 // static data members from base classes? 4653 4654 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4655 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4656 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4657 } 4658 4659 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4660 unsigned Kind; 4661 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4662 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4663 Kind = 3; // field 4664 else 4665 Kind = 2; // static data member 4666 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4667 Kind = 1; // global 4668 else 4669 Kind = 0; // local 4670 4671 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4672 4673 // Emit warning and note. 4674 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4675 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4676 } 4677 4678 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4679 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4680 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4681 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4682 return; 4683 4684 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4685 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4686 LookupName(R, S); 4687 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4688 } 4689 4690 template<typename T> 4691 static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 4692 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = ND->getStorageClass(); 4693 if (ND->hasCLanguageLinkage() && (SC == SC_Extern || SC == SC_PrivateExtern)) 4694 return true; 4695 return ND->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4696 } 4697 4698 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4699 /// declaration. 4700 /// 4701 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4702 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4703 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4704 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4705 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 4706 /// 4707 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4708 /// 4709 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4710 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4711 LookupResult &Previous) { 4712 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4713 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4714 return false; 4715 4716 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4717 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4718 4719 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4720 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4721 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4722 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4723 NewVD->setType(T); 4724 } 4725 4726 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4727 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4728 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4729 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4730 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4731 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4732 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4733 return false; 4734 } 4735 4736 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4737 // scope. 4738 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4739 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4740 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4741 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4742 return false; 4743 } 4744 4745 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4746 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4747 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4748 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4749 else { 4750 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4751 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4752 } 4753 } 4754 4755 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4756 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4757 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4758 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4759 4760 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4761 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4762 bool SizeIsNegative; 4763 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4764 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4765 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4766 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4767 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4768 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4769 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4770 // int a[10][n]; 4771 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4772 4773 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4774 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4775 << SizeRange; 4776 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4777 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4778 << SizeRange; 4779 else 4780 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4781 << SizeRange; 4782 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4783 return false; 4784 } 4785 4786 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4787 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4788 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4789 else 4790 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4791 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4792 return false; 4793 } 4794 4795 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4796 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4797 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4798 } 4799 4800 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 4801 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 4802 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 4803 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4804 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4805 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4806 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4807 } 4808 4809 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 4810 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 4811 4812 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4813 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4814 << T; 4815 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4816 return false; 4817 } 4818 4819 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4820 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4822 return false; 4823 } 4824 4825 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4826 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4827 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4828 return false; 4829 } 4830 4831 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4832 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4833 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4834 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4835 return false; 4836 } 4837 4838 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4839 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4840 return true; 4841 } 4842 return false; 4843 } 4844 4845 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4846 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4847 Sema *S; 4848 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4849 }; 4850 4851 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4852 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4853 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4854 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4855 CXXBasePath &Path, 4856 void *UserData) { 4857 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4858 4859 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4860 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4861 4862 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4863 4864 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4865 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4866 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4867 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4868 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4869 4870 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4871 } 4872 4873 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4874 !Path.Decls.empty(); 4875 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 4876 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 4877 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4878 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4879 return true; 4880 } 4881 } 4882 4883 return false; 4884 } 4885 4886 namespace { 4887 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4888 } 4889 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4890 /// overriden methods. 4891 /// 4892 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4893 /// \param MD the overriding method. 4894 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4895 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4896 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4897 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4898 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4899 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4900 I != E; ++I) { 4901 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4902 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4903 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4904 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4905 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4906 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4907 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4908 } 4909 } 4910 4911 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4912 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4913 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4914 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4915 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4916 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4917 Data.Method = MD; 4918 Data.S = this; 4919 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4920 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4921 bool AddedAny = false; 4922 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4923 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4924 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4925 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4926 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4927 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4928 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 4929 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4930 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4931 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4932 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4933 AddedAny = true; 4934 } 4935 } 4936 } 4937 } 4938 4939 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4940 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4941 } 4942 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4943 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4944 } 4945 4946 return AddedAny; 4947 } 4948 4949 namespace { 4950 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4951 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4952 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4953 Scope *S; 4954 Declarator &D; 4955 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4956 bool AddToScope; 4957 }; 4958 } 4959 4960 namespace { 4961 4962 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4963 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4964 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4965 public: 4966 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4967 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4968 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4969 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4970 4971 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4972 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4973 return false; 4974 4975 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4976 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4977 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4978 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4979 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4980 4981 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4982 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4983 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4984 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4985 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4986 return true; 4987 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4988 return true; 4989 } 4990 } 4991 } 4992 4993 return false; 4994 } 4995 4996 private: 4997 ASTContext &Context; 4998 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4999 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5000 }; 5001 5002 } 5003 5004 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5005 /// 5006 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5007 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5008 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5009 /// the same name. 5010 /// 5011 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5012 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5013 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5014 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5015 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5016 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5017 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5018 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5019 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5020 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5021 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5022 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5023 TypoCorrection Correction; 5024 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5025 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5026 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5027 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5028 5029 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5030 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5031 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5032 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5033 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5034 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5035 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5036 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5037 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5038 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5039 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5040 if (FD && 5041 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5042 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5043 // involve a parameter 5044 unsigned ParamNum = 5045 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5046 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5047 } 5048 } 5049 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5050 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5051 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5052 Validator, NewDC))) { 5053 // Trap errors. 5054 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5055 5056 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5057 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5058 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5059 Previous.clear(); 5060 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5061 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5062 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5063 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5064 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5065 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5066 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5067 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5068 } 5069 } 5070 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5071 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5072 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5073 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5074 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5075 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5076 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5077 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5078 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5079 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5080 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5081 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5082 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5083 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5084 Previous.clear(); 5085 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5086 Result = NULL; 5087 } else { 5088 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5089 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5090 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5091 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5092 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5093 } 5094 } 5095 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5096 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5097 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5098 } else { 5099 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5100 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5101 } 5102 } 5103 5104 if (Correction) { 5105 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5106 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5107 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5108 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5109 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5110 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5111 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5112 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5113 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5114 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5115 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5116 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5117 } else { 5118 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5119 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5120 } 5121 5122 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5123 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5124 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5125 5126 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5127 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5128 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5129 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5130 bool FDisConst = false; 5131 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5132 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5133 5134 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5135 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5136 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5137 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5138 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5139 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5140 } else if (Correction) { 5141 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5142 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5143 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5144 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5145 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5146 } else 5147 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5148 } 5149 return Result; 5150 } 5151 5152 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5153 Declarator &D) { 5154 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5155 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5156 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5157 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5158 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5159 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5160 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5161 D.setInvalidType(); 5162 break; 5163 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5164 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5165 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5166 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5167 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5168 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5169 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5170 // other than extern 5171 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5172 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5173 diag::err_static_block_func); 5174 break; 5175 } else 5176 return SC_Static; 5177 } 5178 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5179 } 5180 5181 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5182 return SC_None; 5183 } 5184 5185 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5186 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5187 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5188 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5189 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5190 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5191 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5192 5193 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5194 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5195 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5196 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5197 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5198 5199 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5200 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5201 // prototype. This true when: 5202 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5203 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5204 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5205 bool HasPrototype = 5206 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5207 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5208 5209 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5210 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5211 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5212 HasPrototype); 5213 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5215 5216 // Set the lexical context. 5217 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5218 5219 return NewFD; 5220 } 5221 5222 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5223 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5224 5225 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5226 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5227 // the class has been completely parsed. 5228 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5229 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5230 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5231 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5232 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5233 D.setInvalidType(); 5234 5235 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5236 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5237 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5238 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5239 5240 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5241 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5242 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5243 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5244 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5245 isConstexpr); 5246 5247 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5248 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5249 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5250 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5251 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5252 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5253 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5254 D.getLocStart(), 5255 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5256 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5257 5258 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5259 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5260 // it yet. 5261 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5262 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5263 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5264 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5265 } 5266 5267 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5268 return NewDD; 5269 5270 } else { 5271 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5272 D.setInvalidType(); 5273 5274 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5275 // code path. 5276 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5277 D.getLocStart(), 5278 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5279 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5280 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5281 } 5282 5283 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5284 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5285 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5286 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5287 return 0; 5288 } 5289 5290 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5291 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5292 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5293 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5294 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5295 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5296 5297 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5298 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5299 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5300 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5301 // constructor if it has no return type). 5302 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5303 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5304 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5305 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5306 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5307 return 0; 5308 } 5309 5310 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5311 5312 // [class.free]p1: 5313 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5314 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5315 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5316 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5317 isStatic = true; 5318 5319 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5320 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5321 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5322 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5323 isStatic = true; 5324 5325 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5326 5327 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5328 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5329 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5330 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5331 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5332 5333 } else { 5334 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5335 // prototype. This true when: 5336 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5337 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5338 D.getLocStart(), 5339 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5340 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5341 } 5342 } 5343 5344 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5345 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5346 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5347 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5348 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5349 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5350 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5351 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5352 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5353 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5354 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5355 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5356 << IsTypeAlias; 5357 } 5358 } 5359 5360 NamedDecl* 5361 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5362 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5363 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5364 bool &AddToScope) { 5365 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5366 5367 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5368 5369 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5370 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5371 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5372 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5373 5374 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5376 5377 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5378 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5379 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5380 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5381 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5382 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5383 5384 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5385 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5386 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5387 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5388 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5389 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5390 } 5391 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5392 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5393 } 5394 5395 bool isFriend = false; 5396 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5397 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5398 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5399 5400 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5401 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5402 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5403 5404 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5405 5406 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5407 isVirtualOkay); 5408 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5409 5410 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5411 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5412 5413 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5414 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5415 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5416 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5417 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5418 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5419 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5420 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5421 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5422 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5423 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5424 } 5425 5426 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5427 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5428 // return true). 5429 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5430 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5431 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5432 NewFD->setPure(true); 5433 } 5434 5435 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5436 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5437 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5438 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5439 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5440 5441 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5442 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5443 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5444 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5445 5446 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5447 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5448 bool Invalid = false; 5449 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5450 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5451 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5452 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5453 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5454 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5455 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5456 isFriend, 5457 isExplicitSpecialization, 5458 Invalid)) { 5459 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5460 // This is a function template 5461 5462 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5463 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5464 return 0; 5465 5466 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5467 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5468 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5469 return 0; 5470 } 5471 5472 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5473 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5474 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5475 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5476 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5477 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5478 Invalid = true; 5479 } 5480 5481 5482 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5483 NewFD->getLocation(), 5484 Name, TemplateParams, 5485 NewFD); 5486 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5487 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5488 5489 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5490 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5491 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5492 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5493 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5494 } 5495 } else { 5496 // This is a function template specialization. 5497 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5498 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5499 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5500 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5501 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5502 5503 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5504 if (isFriend) { 5505 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5506 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5507 5508 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5509 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5510 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5511 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5512 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5513 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5514 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5515 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5516 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5517 } 5518 5519 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5520 << Name << RemoveRange 5521 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5522 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5523 } 5524 } 5525 } 5526 else { 5527 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5528 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5529 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5530 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5531 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5532 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5533 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5534 } 5535 5536 if (Invalid) { 5537 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5538 if (FunctionTemplate) 5539 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5540 } 5541 5542 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5543 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5544 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5545 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5546 // 5547 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5548 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5549 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5550 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5551 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5552 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5553 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5554 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5555 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5556 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5557 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5558 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5559 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5560 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5561 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5562 } else { 5563 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5564 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5565 } 5566 } 5567 5568 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5569 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5570 // declaration. 5571 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5572 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5573 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5574 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5575 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5577 } 5578 } 5579 5580 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5581 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5582 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5583 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5584 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5585 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5586 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5587 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5588 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5589 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5590 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5591 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5592 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5593 // or conversion function. 5594 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5595 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5596 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5597 } 5598 } 5599 5600 if (isConstexpr) { 5601 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5602 // are implicitly inline. 5603 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5604 5605 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5606 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5607 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5608 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5609 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5610 } 5611 5612 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5613 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5614 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5615 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5616 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5617 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5618 << 0 5619 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5620 } else { 5621 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5622 if (FunctionTemplate) 5623 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5624 } 5625 } 5626 5627 if (isFriend) { 5628 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5629 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5630 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5631 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5632 } 5633 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5634 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5635 } 5636 5637 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5638 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5639 case FDK_Declaration: 5640 case FDK_Definition: 5641 break; 5642 5643 case FDK_Defaulted: 5644 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5645 break; 5646 5647 case FDK_Deleted: 5648 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5649 break; 5650 } 5651 5652 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5653 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5654 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5655 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5656 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5657 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5658 } 5659 5660 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5661 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5662 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5663 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5664 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5665 // the class. 5666 5667 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5668 // member function definition. 5669 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5670 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5671 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5672 } 5673 5674 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5675 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5676 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5677 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5678 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5679 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5680 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5681 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5682 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5683 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5684 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5685 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5686 } 5687 } 5688 5689 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5690 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5691 isExplicitSpecialization || 5692 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5693 5694 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5695 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5696 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5697 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5698 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5699 SE->getString())); 5700 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5701 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5702 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5703 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5704 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5705 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5706 } 5707 } 5708 5709 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5710 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5711 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5712 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5713 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5714 5715 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5716 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5717 // single void argument. 5718 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5719 // already checks for that case. 5720 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5721 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5722 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5723 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5724 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5725 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5726 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5727 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5728 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5729 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5730 Params.push_back(Param); 5731 5732 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5733 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5734 } 5735 } 5736 5737 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5738 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5739 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5740 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5741 // 5742 // @code 5743 // typedef void fn(int); 5744 // fn f; 5745 // @endcode 5746 5747 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5748 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5749 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5750 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5751 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5752 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5753 Params.push_back(Param); 5754 } 5755 } else { 5756 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5757 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5758 } 5759 5760 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5761 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5762 5763 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5764 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5765 // 5766 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5767 // 5768 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5769 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5770 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5771 5772 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5773 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5774 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5775 5776 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5777 // because all functions have linkage. 5778 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5779 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5780 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5781 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5782 } 5783 5784 // Handle attributes. 5785 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5786 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5787 5788 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5789 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5790 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5791 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5792 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5793 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5794 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5795 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5796 Context)); 5797 } 5798 } 5799 5800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5801 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5802 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5803 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5804 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5805 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5806 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5807 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5808 } 5809 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5810 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5811 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5812 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5813 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5814 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5815 } else { 5816 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5817 // argument list into our AST format. 5818 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5819 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5820 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5821 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5822 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5823 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5824 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5825 TemplateArgs); 5826 5827 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5828 5829 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5830 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5831 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5832 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5833 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5834 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5835 5836 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5837 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5838 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5839 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5840 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5841 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5842 // too few of them). 5843 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5844 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5845 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5846 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5847 "template<> "); 5848 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5849 } else { 5850 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5851 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5852 } 5853 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5854 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5855 // wrote something like: 5856 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5857 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5858 // friend void foo<>(int); 5859 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5860 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5861 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5862 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5863 } 5864 5865 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5866 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5867 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5868 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5869 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5870 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5871 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5872 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5873 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5874 InstantiationDependent))) { 5875 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5876 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5877 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5878 Previous)) 5879 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5880 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5881 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5882 && !isFriend) { 5883 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5884 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5885 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5886 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5887 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5888 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5889 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5890 Previous)) 5891 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5892 5893 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5894 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5895 // specialization (14.7.3) 5896 if (SC != SC_None) { 5897 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5898 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5899 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5900 << SC 5901 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5902 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5903 5904 else 5905 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5906 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5907 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5908 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5909 } 5910 5911 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5912 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5913 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5914 } 5915 5916 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5917 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5918 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5919 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5920 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5921 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5922 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5923 } else { 5924 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5925 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5926 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5927 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5928 } 5929 } 5930 5931 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5932 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5933 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5934 5935 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5936 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5937 : NewFD); 5938 5939 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5940 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5941 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5942 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5943 5944 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5945 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5946 5947 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5948 } 5949 5950 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5951 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5952 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5953 5954 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5955 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5956 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5957 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5958 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5959 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5960 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5961 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5962 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5963 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5964 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5965 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5966 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5967 DC->isDependentContext()) 5968 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5969 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5970 } 5971 5972 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5973 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5974 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5975 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5976 AddToScope }; 5977 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5978 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5979 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5980 5981 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5982 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5983 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5984 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5985 5986 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5987 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5988 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5989 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5990 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5991 // can actually do this check immediately. 5992 if (isFriend && 5993 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5994 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5995 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5996 // ignore these 5997 } else { 5998 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5999 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6000 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6001 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6002 // 6003 // class X { 6004 // void f() const; 6005 // }; 6006 // 6007 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6008 // 6009 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6010 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6011 // whether the parameter types are references). 6012 6013 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6014 NewFD, 6015 ExtraArgs)) { 6016 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6017 return Result; 6018 } 6019 } 6020 6021 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6022 // to something. 6023 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6024 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6025 NewFD, 6026 ExtraArgs)) { 6027 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6028 return Result; 6029 } 6030 } 6031 6032 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6033 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6034 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6035 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6036 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6037 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6038 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6039 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6040 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6041 // generate them. 6042 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6043 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6044 } 6045 } 6046 6047 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6048 6049 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6050 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6051 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6052 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6053 << NewFD; 6054 6055 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6056 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6057 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6058 EPI.Variadic = true; 6059 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6060 6061 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6062 NewFD->setType(R); 6063 } 6064 6065 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6066 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6067 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6068 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6069 6070 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6071 // marking the function. 6072 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6073 6074 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6075 // map of such names. 6076 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6077 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6078 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6079 6080 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6081 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6082 6083 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6084 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6085 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6086 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6087 return FunctionTemplate; 6088 } 6089 } 6090 6091 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6092 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6093 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 6094 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6095 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6096 D.setInvalidType(); 6097 } 6098 6099 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6100 6101 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6102 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6103 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6104 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6105 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6106 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6107 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6108 6109 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6110 } 6111 } 6112 6113 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6114 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6115 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6116 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6117 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6118 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6119 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6120 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6121 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6122 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6123 AddToScope = false; 6124 } 6125 6126 return NewFD; 6127 } 6128 6129 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6130 /// 6131 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6132 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6133 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6134 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6135 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6136 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6137 /// via InstantiateDecl). 6138 /// 6139 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6140 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6141 /// 6142 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6143 /// 6144 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6145 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6146 LookupResult &Previous, 6147 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6148 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6149 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6150 6151 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6152 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6153 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6154 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6155 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6156 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6157 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6158 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6159 } 6160 6161 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6162 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6163 6164 bool Redeclaration = false; 6165 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6166 6167 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6168 // the same name, if appropriate. 6169 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6170 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6171 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6172 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6173 // function to the scope. 6174 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6175 Redeclaration = true; 6176 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6177 } else { 6178 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6179 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6180 case Ovl_Match: 6181 Redeclaration = true; 6182 break; 6183 6184 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6185 Redeclaration = true; 6186 break; 6187 6188 case Ovl_Overload: 6189 Redeclaration = false; 6190 break; 6191 } 6192 6193 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6194 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6195 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6196 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6197 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6198 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6199 if (Redeclaration) 6200 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6201 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6202 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6203 if (OverloadedDecl) 6204 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6205 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6206 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6207 Context)); 6208 } 6209 } 6210 } 6211 6212 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6213 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6214 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6215 // 6216 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6217 // definition of a static member function. 6218 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6219 if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() && 6220 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6221 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6222 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6223 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6224 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6225 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6226 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6227 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6228 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6229 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6230 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6231 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6232 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6233 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 6234 } 6235 } 6236 6237 if (Redeclaration) { 6238 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6239 // merged. 6240 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6242 return Redeclaration; 6243 } 6244 6245 Previous.clear(); 6246 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6247 6248 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6249 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6250 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6251 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6252 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6253 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6254 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6255 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6256 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6257 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6258 } 6259 6260 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6261 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6262 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6263 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6264 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6265 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6266 } 6267 6268 } else { 6269 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6270 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6271 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6272 } 6273 } 6274 6275 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6276 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6277 // C++-specific checks. 6278 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6279 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6280 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6281 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6282 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6283 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6284 6285 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6286 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6287 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6288 DeclarationName Name 6289 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6290 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6291 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6292 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6293 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6294 return Redeclaration; 6295 } 6296 } 6297 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6298 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6299 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6300 } 6301 6302 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6303 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6304 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6305 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6306 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6307 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6308 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6309 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6310 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6311 } 6312 } 6313 } 6314 6315 if (Method->isStatic()) 6316 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6317 } 6318 6319 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6320 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6321 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6322 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6323 return Redeclaration; 6324 } 6325 6326 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6327 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6328 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6329 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6330 return Redeclaration; 6331 } 6332 6333 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6334 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6335 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6336 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6337 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6338 6339 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6340 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6341 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6342 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6343 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6344 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6345 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6346 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6347 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6348 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6349 } 6350 } 6351 6352 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6353 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6354 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6355 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6356 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6357 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6358 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6359 << NewFD << R; 6360 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6361 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6362 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6363 } 6364 } 6365 return Redeclaration; 6366 } 6367 6368 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6369 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6370 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6371 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6372 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6373 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6374 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6375 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6376 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6377 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6378 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6379 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6380 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6381 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6382 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6383 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6384 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6385 } 6386 6387 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6388 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6389 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6390 6391 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6392 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6393 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6394 // set the flag which tells us that. 6395 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6396 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6397 6398 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6399 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6400 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6401 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6402 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6403 6404 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6405 } else { 6406 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6407 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6408 } 6409 6410 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6411 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6412 6413 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6414 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6415 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6416 6417 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6418 6419 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6420 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6421 // getting shifty. 6422 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6423 HasExtraParameters = false; 6424 6425 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6426 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6427 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6428 nparams = 3; 6429 } 6430 6431 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6432 // if we had some location information about types. 6433 6434 QualType CharPP = 6435 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6436 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6437 6438 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6439 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6440 6441 bool mismatch = true; 6442 6443 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6444 mismatch = false; 6445 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6446 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6447 // char const ** 6448 // char const * const * 6449 // char * const * 6450 6451 QualifierCollector qs; 6452 const PointerType* PT; 6453 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6454 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6455 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6456 qs.removeConst(); 6457 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6458 } 6459 } 6460 6461 if (mismatch) { 6462 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6463 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6464 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6465 } 6466 } 6467 6468 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6469 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6470 } 6471 6472 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6473 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6474 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6475 } 6476 } 6477 6478 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6479 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6480 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6481 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6482 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6483 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6484 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6485 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6486 // rules there don't matter.) 6487 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6488 return false; 6489 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6490 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6491 return true; 6492 } 6493 6494 namespace { 6495 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6496 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6497 class SelfReferenceChecker 6498 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6499 Sema &S; 6500 Decl *OrigDecl; 6501 bool isRecordType; 6502 bool isPODType; 6503 bool isReferenceType; 6504 6505 public: 6506 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6507 6508 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6509 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6510 isPODType = false; 6511 isRecordType = false; 6512 isReferenceType = false; 6513 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6514 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6515 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6516 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6517 } 6518 } 6519 6520 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6521 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6522 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6523 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6524 if (isReferenceType) 6525 return; 6526 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6527 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6528 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6529 return; 6530 } 6531 6532 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6533 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6534 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6535 return; 6536 } 6537 6538 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6539 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6540 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6541 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6542 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6543 return; 6544 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6545 } 6546 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6547 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6548 return; 6549 } 6550 } 6551 6552 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6553 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6554 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6555 if (isReferenceType) 6556 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6557 } 6558 6559 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6560 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6561 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6562 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6563 6564 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6565 } 6566 6567 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6568 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6569 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6570 6571 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6572 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6573 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6574 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6575 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6576 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6577 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6578 Warn = false; 6579 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6580 } 6581 6582 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6583 if (Warn) 6584 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6585 return; 6586 } 6587 6588 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6589 // Visit that expression. 6590 Visit(Base); 6591 } 6592 6593 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6594 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6595 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6596 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6597 if (!isPODType) 6598 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6599 return; 6600 } 6601 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6602 } 6603 6604 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6605 6606 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6607 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6608 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6609 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6610 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6611 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6612 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6613 S.PDiag(diag) 6614 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6615 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6616 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6617 } 6618 }; 6619 6620 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6621 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6622 bool DirectInit) { 6623 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6624 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6625 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6626 return; 6627 6628 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6629 6630 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6631 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6632 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6633 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6634 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6635 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6636 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6637 return; 6638 6639 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6640 } 6641 } 6642 6643 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6644 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6645 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6646 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6647 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6648 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6649 // the initializer. 6650 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6651 return; 6652 6653 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6654 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6655 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6656 // Thus this grotesque test. 6657 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6658 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6659 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6660 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6661 else { 6662 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6663 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6664 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6665 } 6666 return; 6667 } 6668 6669 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6670 if (!VDecl) { 6671 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6672 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6673 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6674 return; 6675 } 6676 6677 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6678 6679 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6680 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6681 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6682 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6683 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6684 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6685 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6686 // contains exactly one expression. 6687 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6688 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6689 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6690 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6691 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6692 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6693 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6694 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6695 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6696 return; 6697 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6698 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6699 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6700 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6701 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6702 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6703 return; 6704 } else { 6705 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6706 } 6707 } 6708 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6709 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6710 DAR_Failed) 6711 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6712 if (!DeducedType) { 6713 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6714 return; 6715 } 6716 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6717 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6718 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6719 6720 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6721 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6722 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6723 6724 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6725 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6726 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6727 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6728 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6729 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6730 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6731 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6732 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6733 } 6734 6735 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6736 // the previously declared type. 6737 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6738 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6739 } 6740 6741 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6742 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6743 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6744 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6745 return; 6746 } 6747 6748 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6749 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6750 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6751 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6752 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6753 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6754 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6755 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6756 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6757 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6758 return; 6759 } 6760 6761 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6762 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6763 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6764 AbstractVariableType)) 6765 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6766 } 6767 6768 const VarDecl *Def; 6769 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6770 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6771 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6772 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6773 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6774 return; 6775 } 6776 6777 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6778 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6779 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6780 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6781 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6782 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6783 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6784 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6785 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6786 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6787 // 6788 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6789 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6790 // declaration with an initializer. 6791 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6792 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6793 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6794 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6795 return; 6796 } 6797 6798 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6799 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6800 6801 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6802 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6803 return; 6804 } 6805 } 6806 6807 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6808 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6809 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6810 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6811 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6812 return; 6813 } 6814 6815 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6816 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6817 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6818 6819 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6820 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6821 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6822 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6823 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6824 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6825 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6826 return; 6827 } 6828 Init = Result.take(); 6829 } 6830 6831 // Perform the initialization. 6832 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6833 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6834 InitializationKind Kind 6835 = DirectInit ? 6836 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6837 Init->getLocStart(), 6838 Init->getLocEnd()) 6839 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6840 VDecl->getLocation()) 6841 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6842 Init->getLocStart()); 6843 6844 Expr **Args = &Init; 6845 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6846 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6847 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6848 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6849 } 6850 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6851 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6852 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6853 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6854 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6855 return; 6856 } 6857 6858 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6859 } 6860 6861 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6862 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6863 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6864 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6865 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6866 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6867 } 6868 6869 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6870 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6871 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6872 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6873 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6874 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6875 6876 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6877 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6878 6879 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6880 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6881 6882 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6883 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6884 6885 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6886 // Although this code can still have problems: 6887 // id x = self.weakProp; 6888 // id y = self.weakProp; 6889 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6890 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6891 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6892 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6893 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6894 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6895 Init->getLocStart()); 6896 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6897 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6898 } 6899 } 6900 6901 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6902 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6903 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6904 6905 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6906 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6907 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6908 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6909 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6910 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6911 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6912 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6913 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6914 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6915 // 6916 // struct S { 6917 // static const int value = 17; 6918 // }; 6919 6920 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6921 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6922 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6923 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6924 // 6925 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6926 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6927 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6928 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6929 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6930 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6931 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6932 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6933 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6934 6935 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6936 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6937 6938 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6939 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6940 // type. 6941 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6942 6943 // Require constness. 6944 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6945 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6946 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6947 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6948 6949 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6950 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6951 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6952 SourceLocation Loc; 6953 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6954 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6955 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6956 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6957 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6958 ; // Nothing to check. 6959 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6960 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6961 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6962 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6963 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6964 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6965 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6966 } else { 6967 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6968 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6969 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6970 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6971 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6972 } 6973 6974 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6975 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6976 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6977 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 6979 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6980 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6981 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6982 6983 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6984 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6985 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6986 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6987 } 6988 6989 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6990 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6991 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6992 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6993 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6994 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6995 6996 } else { 6997 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6998 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6999 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7000 } 7001 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7002 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 7003 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7004 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 7005 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7006 7007 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7008 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7009 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7010 } 7011 7012 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7013 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7014 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7015 // 7016 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7017 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7018 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7019 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7020 // special case code. 7021 7022 // C++ 8.5p11: 7023 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7024 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7025 // class type. 7026 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7027 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7028 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7029 } else if (DirectInit) { 7030 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7031 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7032 } 7033 7034 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7035 } 7036 7037 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7038 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7039 /// of sanity. 7040 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7041 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7042 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7043 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7044 7045 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7046 if (!VD) return; 7047 7048 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7049 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7050 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7051 return; 7052 } 7053 7054 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7055 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7056 7057 // Require a complete type. 7058 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7059 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7060 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7061 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7062 return; 7063 } 7064 7065 // Require an abstract type. 7066 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7067 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7068 AbstractVariableType)) { 7069 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7070 return; 7071 } 7072 7073 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7074 // though. 7075 } 7076 7077 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7078 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7079 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7080 if (RealDecl == 0) 7081 return; 7082 7083 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7084 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7085 7086 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7087 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7088 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7089 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7090 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7091 return; 7092 } 7093 7094 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7095 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7096 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7097 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7098 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7099 // member. 7100 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7101 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7102 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7103 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7104 << Var->getDeclName(); 7105 else 7106 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7107 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7108 return; 7109 } 7110 7111 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7112 case VarDecl::Definition: 7113 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7114 break; 7115 7116 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7117 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7118 // a declaration. 7119 // 7120 // Fall through 7121 7122 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7123 // It's only a declaration. 7124 7125 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7126 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7127 // object shall be complete. 7128 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7129 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7130 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7131 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7132 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7133 7134 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7135 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7136 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7137 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7138 AbstractVariableType)) 7139 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7140 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7141 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7142 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7143 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7144 } 7145 7146 return; 7147 7148 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7149 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7150 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7151 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7152 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7153 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7154 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7155 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7156 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7157 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7158 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7159 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7160 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7161 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7162 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7163 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7164 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7165 // NOTE: code such as the following 7166 // static struct s; 7167 // struct s { int a; }; 7168 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7169 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7170 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7171 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7172 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7173 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7174 } 7175 } 7176 7177 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7178 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7179 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7180 return; 7181 } 7182 7183 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7184 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7185 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7186 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7187 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7188 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7189 return; 7190 } 7191 7192 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7193 // definitions with reference type. 7194 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7195 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7196 << Var->getDeclName() 7197 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7198 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7199 return; 7200 } 7201 7202 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7203 // variable with dependent type. 7204 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7205 return; 7206 7207 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7208 return; 7209 7210 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7211 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7212 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7213 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7214 return; 7215 } 7216 7217 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7218 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7219 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7220 AbstractVariableType)) { 7221 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7222 return; 7223 } 7224 7225 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7226 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7227 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7228 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7229 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7230 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7231 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7232 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7233 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7234 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7235 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7236 if (const RecordType *Record 7237 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7238 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7239 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7240 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7241 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7242 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7243 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7244 } 7245 } 7246 7247 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7248 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7249 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7250 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7251 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7252 // type shall have a user-declared default 7253 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7254 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7255 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7256 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7257 // program is ill-formed. 7258 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7259 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7260 // default-initialized; [...]. 7261 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7262 InitializationKind Kind 7263 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7264 7265 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7266 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7267 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7268 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7269 else if (Init.get()) { 7270 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7271 // This is important for template substitution. 7272 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7273 } 7274 7275 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7276 } 7277 } 7278 7279 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7280 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7281 if (!VD) { 7282 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7283 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7284 return; 7285 } 7286 7287 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7288 7289 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7290 int Error = -1; 7291 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7292 case SC_None: 7293 break; 7294 case SC_Extern: 7295 Error = 0; 7296 break; 7297 case SC_Static: 7298 Error = 1; 7299 break; 7300 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7301 Error = 2; 7302 break; 7303 case SC_Auto: 7304 Error = 3; 7305 break; 7306 case SC_Register: 7307 Error = 4; 7308 break; 7309 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7310 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7311 } 7312 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7313 Error = 5; 7314 if (Error != -1) { 7315 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7316 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7317 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7318 } 7319 } 7320 7321 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7322 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7323 7324 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7325 // local retaining variable. 7326 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7327 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7328 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7329 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7330 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7331 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7332 break; 7333 7334 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7335 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7336 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7337 break; 7338 } 7339 } 7340 7341 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7342 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7343 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7344 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7345 var->getLocation())) { 7346 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7347 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7348 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7349 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7350 7351 if (!prev) 7352 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7353 } 7354 7355 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7356 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7357 7358 QualType type = var->getType(); 7359 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7360 7361 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7362 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7363 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7364 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7365 7366 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7367 // constructing this copy. 7368 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7369 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7370 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7371 ExprResult result = 7372 PerformCopyInitialization( 7373 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7374 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7375 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7376 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7377 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7378 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7379 } 7380 } 7381 } 7382 7383 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7384 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7385 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7386 7387 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7388 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7389 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7390 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7391 var->getLocation()) 7392 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7393 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7394 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7395 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7396 7397 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7398 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7399 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7400 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7401 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7402 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7403 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7404 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7405 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7406 Notes.clear(); 7407 } 7408 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7409 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7410 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7411 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7412 } 7413 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7414 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7415 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7416 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7417 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7418 } 7419 } 7420 7421 // Require the destructor. 7422 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7423 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7424 } 7425 7426 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7427 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7428 void 7429 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7430 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7431 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7432 7433 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7434 if (!VD) 7435 return; 7436 7437 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7438 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7439 7440 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7441 // tag values. 7442 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7443 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7444 return; 7445 7446 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7447 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7448 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7449 I != E; ++I) { 7450 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7451 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7452 continue; 7453 } 7454 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7455 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7456 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7457 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7458 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7459 continue; 7460 } 7461 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7462 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7463 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7464 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7465 continue; 7466 } 7467 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7468 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7469 MagicValue, 7470 I->getMatchingCType(), 7471 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7472 I->getMustBeNull()); 7473 } 7474 } 7475 7476 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7477 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7478 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7479 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7480 7481 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7482 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7483 7484 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7485 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7486 Decls.push_back(D); 7487 7488 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7489 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7490 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7491 7492 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7493 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7494 } 7495 7496 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7497 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7498 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7499 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7500 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7501 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7502 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7503 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7504 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7505 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7506 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7507 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7508 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7509 QualType Deduced; 7510 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7511 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7512 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7513 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7514 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7515 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7516 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7517 break; 7518 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7519 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7520 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7521 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7522 Deduced = U; 7523 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7524 DeducedDecl = D; 7525 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7526 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7527 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7528 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7529 << U << D->getDeclName() 7530 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7531 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7532 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7533 break; 7534 } 7535 } 7536 } 7537 } 7538 } 7539 7540 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7541 7542 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7543 } 7544 7545 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7546 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7547 } 7548 7549 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7550 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7551 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7552 return; 7553 7554 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7555 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7556 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7557 return; 7558 7559 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7560 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7561 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7562 // additional declaration references: 7563 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7564 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7565 // 'struct S *pS;' 7566 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7567 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7568 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7569 Group++; 7570 NumDecls--; 7571 } 7572 } 7573 7574 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7575 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7576 if (!Comments.empty() && 7577 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7578 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7579 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7580 // 7581 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7582 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7583 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7584 // ahead through comments. 7585 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7586 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7587 } 7588 } 7589 7590 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7591 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7592 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7593 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7594 7595 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7596 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7597 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7598 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7599 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7600 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7601 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7602 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7603 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7604 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7605 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7606 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7607 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7608 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7609 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7610 } 7611 7612 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7613 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7614 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7615 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7616 << 0; 7617 7618 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7619 7620 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7621 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7622 7623 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7624 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7625 // parameter. 7626 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7627 7628 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7629 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7630 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7631 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7632 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7633 } 7634 } 7635 7636 // Ensure we have a valid name 7637 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7638 if (D.hasName()) { 7639 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7640 if (!II) { 7641 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7642 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7643 D.setInvalidType(true); 7644 } 7645 } 7646 7647 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7648 if (II) { 7649 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7650 ForRedeclaration); 7651 LookupName(R, S); 7652 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7653 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7654 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7655 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7656 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7657 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7658 PrevDecl = 0; 7659 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7660 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7661 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7662 7663 // Recover by removing the name 7664 II = 0; 7665 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7666 D.setInvalidType(true); 7667 } 7668 } 7669 } 7670 7671 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7672 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7673 // looking like class members in C++. 7674 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7675 D.getLocStart(), 7676 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7677 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7678 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7679 7680 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7681 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7682 7683 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7684 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7685 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7686 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7687 7688 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7689 S->AddDecl(New); 7690 if (II) 7691 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7692 7693 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7694 7695 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7696 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7697 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7698 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7699 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7700 7701 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7702 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7703 } 7704 return New; 7705 } 7706 7707 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7708 /// typedef. 7709 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7710 SourceLocation Loc, 7711 QualType T) { 7712 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7713 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7714 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7715 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7716 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7717 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7718 Param->setImplicit(); 7719 return Param; 7720 } 7721 7722 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7723 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7724 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7725 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7726 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7727 return; 7728 7729 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7730 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7731 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7732 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7733 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7734 } 7735 } 7736 } 7737 7738 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7739 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7740 QualType ReturnTy, 7741 NamedDecl *D) { 7742 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7743 return; 7744 7745 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7746 // threshold. 7747 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7748 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7749 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7750 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7751 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7752 } 7753 7754 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7755 // threshold. 7756 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7757 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7758 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7759 continue; 7760 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7761 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7762 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7763 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7764 } 7765 } 7766 7767 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7768 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7769 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7770 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7771 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7772 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7773 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7774 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7775 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7776 7777 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7778 7779 // Special cases for arrays: 7780 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7781 // - otherwise, it's an error 7782 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7783 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7784 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7785 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7786 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7787 } 7788 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7789 } else { 7790 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7791 } 7792 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7793 } 7794 7795 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7796 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7797 TSInfo, 7798 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7799 0); 7800 7801 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7802 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7803 // the class has been completely parsed. 7804 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7805 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7806 AbstractParamType)) 7807 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7808 7809 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7810 // passed by reference. 7811 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7812 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7813 Diag(NameLoc, 7814 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7815 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7816 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7817 New->setType(T); 7818 } 7819 7820 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7821 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7822 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7823 // an address space. 7824 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7825 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7826 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7827 } 7828 7829 return New; 7830 } 7831 7832 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7833 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7834 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7835 7836 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7837 // for a K&R function. 7838 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7839 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7840 --i; 7841 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7842 SmallString<256> Code; 7843 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7844 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7845 << ";\n"; 7846 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7847 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7848 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7849 7850 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7851 // type. 7852 AttributeFactory attrs; 7853 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7854 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7855 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7856 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7857 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7858 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7859 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7860 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7861 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7862 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7863 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7864 } 7865 } 7866 } 7867 } 7868 7869 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7870 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7871 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7872 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7873 7874 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7875 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7876 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7877 } 7878 7879 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7880 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7881 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7882 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7883 return false; 7884 7885 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7886 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7887 return false; 7888 7889 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7890 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7891 return false; 7892 7893 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7894 if (FD->isMain()) 7895 return false; 7896 7897 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7898 if (FD->isInlined()) 7899 return false; 7900 7901 // Don't warn about function templates. 7902 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7903 return false; 7904 7905 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7906 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7907 return false; 7908 7909 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7910 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7911 return false; 7912 7913 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7914 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7915 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7916 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7917 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7918 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7919 continue; 7920 7921 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7922 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 7923 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 7924 break; 7925 } 7926 7927 return MissingPrototype; 7928 } 7929 7930 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7931 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7932 // was an extern inline function. 7933 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7934 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7935 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7936 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7937 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7939 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7940 else 7941 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7942 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7943 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7944 } 7945 } 7946 7947 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7948 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7949 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7950 7951 if (!D) 7952 return D; 7953 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7954 7955 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7956 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7957 else 7958 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7959 7960 // Enter a new function scope 7961 PushFunctionScope(); 7962 7963 // See if this is a redefinition. 7964 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7965 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7966 7967 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7968 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7969 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7970 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7971 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7972 } 7973 } 7974 7975 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7976 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7977 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7978 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7979 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7980 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7981 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7982 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7983 7984 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7985 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7986 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7987 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7988 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7989 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 7990 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 7991 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7992 7993 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7994 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 7995 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 7996 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7997 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 7998 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 7999 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8000 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8001 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8002 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8003 } 8004 } 8005 8006 if (FnBodyScope) 8007 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8008 8009 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8010 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8011 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8012 8013 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8014 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8015 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8016 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8017 8018 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8019 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8020 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8021 8022 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8023 } 8024 } 8025 8026 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8027 // introduce them into the function scope. 8028 if (FnBodyScope) { 8029 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8030 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8031 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8032 8033 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8034 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8035 // and reattach to the current context. 8036 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8037 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8038 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8039 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8040 if (*DI == D) { 8041 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8042 break; 8043 } 8044 } 8045 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8046 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8047 } 8048 8049 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8050 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8051 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8052 8053 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8054 // accessible in this scope. 8055 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8056 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8057 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8058 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8059 } 8060 } 8061 } 8062 8063 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8064 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8065 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8066 8067 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8068 // dllimport attribute. 8069 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8070 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8071 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8072 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8073 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8074 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8075 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8076 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8077 << "dllimport"; 8078 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8079 return D; 8080 } 8081 8082 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8083 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8084 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8085 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8086 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8087 // emitted. 8088 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8089 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8090 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8091 } 8092 } 8093 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8094 // a function template). 8095 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8096 return D; 8097 } 8098 8099 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8100 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8101 /// optimization. 8102 /// 8103 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8104 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8105 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8106 /// use the named return value optimization. 8107 /// 8108 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8109 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8110 /// the NRVO variable. 8111 /// 8112 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8113 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8114 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8115 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8116 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8117 8118 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8119 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8120 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8121 return; 8122 8123 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8124 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8125 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8126 return; 8127 } 8128 8129 if (NRVOCandidate) 8130 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8131 } 8132 8133 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8134 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8135 return false; 8136 8137 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8138 return true; 8139 8140 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8141 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8142 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8143 else 8144 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8145 8146 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8147 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8148 // rest of the file. 8149 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8150 } 8151 8152 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8153 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8154 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8155 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8156 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8157 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8158 } 8159 8160 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8161 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8162 } 8163 8164 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8165 bool IsInstantiation) { 8166 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8167 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8168 if (FunTmpl) 8169 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8170 else 8171 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8172 8173 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8174 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8175 8176 if (FD) { 8177 FD->setBody(Body); 8178 8179 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8180 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8181 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8182 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8183 8184 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8185 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8186 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8187 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8188 8189 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8190 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8191 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8192 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8193 8194 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8195 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8196 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8197 8198 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8199 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8200 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8201 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8202 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8203 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8204 } 8205 8206 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8207 "Function parsing confused"); 8208 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8209 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8210 MD->setBody(Body); 8211 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8212 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8213 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8214 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8215 8216 if (Body) 8217 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8218 } 8219 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8220 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8221 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8222 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8223 } 8224 } else { 8225 return 0; 8226 } 8227 8228 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8229 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8230 "handled in the block above."); 8231 8232 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8233 if (Body) { 8234 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8235 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8236 // Verify this. 8237 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8238 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8239 8240 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8241 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8242 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8243 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8244 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8245 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8246 8247 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8248 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8249 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8250 8251 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8252 Destructor->getParent()); 8253 } 8254 8255 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8256 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8257 // deletion in some later function. 8258 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8259 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8260 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8261 } 8262 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8263 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8264 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8265 // enabled. 8266 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8267 } 8268 8269 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8270 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8271 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8272 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8273 8274 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8275 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8276 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8277 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8278 } 8279 8280 if (!IsInstantiation) 8281 PopDeclContext(); 8282 8283 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8284 8285 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8286 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8287 // deletion in some later function. 8288 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8289 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8290 } 8291 8292 return dcl; 8293 } 8294 8295 8296 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8297 /// relevant Decl. 8298 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8299 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8300 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8301 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8302 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8303 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8304 8305 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8306 if (Method->isStatic()) 8307 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8308 } 8309 8310 8311 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8312 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8313 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8314 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8315 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8316 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8317 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8318 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8319 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8320 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8321 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8322 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8323 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8324 return Pos->second; 8325 } 8326 8327 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8328 unsigned diag_id; 8329 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8330 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8331 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8332 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8333 else 8334 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8335 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8336 8337 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8338 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8339 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8340 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8341 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8342 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8343 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8344 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8345 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8346 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8347 8348 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8349 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8350 8351 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8352 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8353 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8354 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8355 } 8356 } 8357 8358 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8359 const char *Dummy; 8360 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8361 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8362 unsigned DiagID; 8363 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8364 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8365 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8366 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8367 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8368 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8369 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8370 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8371 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8372 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8373 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8374 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8375 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8376 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8377 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8378 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8379 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8380 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8381 EST_None, 8382 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8383 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8384 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8385 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8386 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8387 Loc, Loc, D), 8388 DS.getAttributes(), 8389 SourceLocation()); 8390 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8391 8392 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8393 8394 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8395 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8396 8397 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8398 FD->setImplicit(); 8399 8400 CurContext = PrevDC; 8401 8402 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8403 8404 return FD; 8405 } 8406 8407 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8408 /// the declaration of this function. 8409 /// 8410 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8411 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8412 /// like NSLog or printf. 8413 /// 8414 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8415 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 8416 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8417 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8418 return; 8419 8420 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8421 // actual attributes. 8422 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8423 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8424 unsigned FormatIdx; 8425 bool HasVAListArg; 8426 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8427 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8428 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8429 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8430 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8431 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8432 fmt = "NSString"; 8433 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8434 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8435 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8436 } 8437 } 8438 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8439 HasVAListArg)) { 8440 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8441 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8442 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8443 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8444 } 8445 8446 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8447 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8448 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8449 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8450 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8451 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8452 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8453 } 8454 8455 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8456 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8457 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8458 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8459 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8460 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8461 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8462 } 8463 8464 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8465 if (!Name) 8466 return; 8467 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8468 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8469 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8470 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8471 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8472 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8473 // about. 8474 } else 8475 return; 8476 8477 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8478 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8479 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8480 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8481 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8482 "printf", 2, 8483 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8484 } 8485 8486 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8487 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8488 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8489 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8490 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8491 } 8492 } 8493 8494 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8496 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8497 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8498 8499 if (!TInfo) { 8500 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8501 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8502 } 8503 8504 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8505 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8506 D.getLocStart(), 8507 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8508 D.getIdentifier(), 8509 TInfo); 8510 8511 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8512 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8513 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8514 return NewTD; 8515 } 8516 8517 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8518 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8519 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8520 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8521 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8522 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8523 else 8524 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8525 } 8526 8527 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8528 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8529 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8530 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8531 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8532 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8533 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8534 case TST_enum: 8535 case TST_struct: 8536 case TST_interface: 8537 case TST_union: 8538 case TST_class: { 8539 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8540 8541 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8542 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8543 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8544 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8545 8546 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8547 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8548 8549 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8550 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8551 break; 8552 8553 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8554 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8555 break; 8556 } 8557 8558 default: 8559 break; 8560 } 8561 8562 return NewTD; 8563 } 8564 8565 8566 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8567 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8568 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8569 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8570 8571 if (T->isDependentType()) 8572 return false; 8573 8574 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8575 if (BT->isInteger()) 8576 return false; 8577 8578 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8579 return true; 8580 } 8581 8582 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8583 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8584 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8585 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8586 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8587 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8588 8589 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8590 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8591 << Prev->isScoped(); 8592 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8593 return true; 8594 } 8595 8596 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8597 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8598 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8599 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8600 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8601 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8602 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8603 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8604 return true; 8605 } 8606 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8607 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8608 << Prev->isFixed(); 8609 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8610 return true; 8611 } 8612 8613 return false; 8614 } 8615 8616 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8617 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8618 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8619 /// 8620 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8621 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8622 switch (Tag) { 8623 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8624 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8625 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8626 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8627 } 8628 } 8629 8630 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8631 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8632 /// 8633 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8634 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8635 { 8636 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8637 } 8638 8639 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8640 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8641 /// 8642 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8643 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8644 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8645 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8646 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8647 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8648 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8649 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8650 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8651 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8652 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8653 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8654 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8655 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8656 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8657 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8658 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8659 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8660 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8661 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8662 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8663 return true; 8664 8665 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8666 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8667 bool isTemplate = false; 8668 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8669 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8670 8671 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8672 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8673 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8674 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8675 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8676 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8677 return true; 8678 } 8679 8680 if (isDefinition) { 8681 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8682 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8683 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8684 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8685 return true; 8686 } 8687 8688 bool previousMismatch = false; 8689 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8690 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8691 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8692 if (!previousMismatch) { 8693 previousMismatch = true; 8694 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8695 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8696 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8697 } 8698 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8699 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8700 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8701 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8702 } 8703 } 8704 return true; 8705 } 8706 8707 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8708 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8709 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8710 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8711 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8712 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8713 return true; 8714 } 8715 8716 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8717 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8718 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8719 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8720 8721 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8722 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8723 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8724 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8725 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8726 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8727 } 8728 8729 return true; 8730 } 8731 return false; 8732 } 8733 8734 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8735 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8736 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8737 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8738 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8739 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8740 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8741 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8742 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8743 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8744 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8745 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8746 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8747 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8748 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8749 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8750 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8751 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8752 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8753 8754 OwnedDecl = false; 8755 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8756 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8757 8758 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8759 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8760 bool Invalid = false; 8761 8762 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8763 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8764 // for non-C++ cases. 8765 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8766 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8767 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8768 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8769 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8770 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8771 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8772 isExplicitSpecialization, 8773 Invalid)) { 8774 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8775 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8776 // be a member of another template). 8777 8778 if (Invalid) 8779 return 0; 8780 8781 OwnedDecl = false; 8782 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8783 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8784 TemplateParams, AS, 8785 ModulePrivateLoc, 8786 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8787 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8788 return Result.get(); 8789 } else { 8790 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8791 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8792 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8793 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8794 } 8795 } 8796 } 8797 8798 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8799 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8800 // redeclaration. 8801 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8802 8803 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8804 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8805 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8806 // type, default to int. 8807 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8808 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8809 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8810 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8811 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8812 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8813 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8814 8815 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8816 // Recover by falling back to int. 8817 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8818 8819 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8820 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8821 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8822 8823 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8824 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8825 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8826 } 8827 8828 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8829 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8830 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8831 8832 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8833 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8834 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8835 8836 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8837 8838 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8839 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8840 8841 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8842 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8843 Name = 0; 8844 goto CreateNewDecl; 8845 } 8846 8847 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8848 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8849 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8850 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8851 if (!DC) { 8852 IsDependent = true; 8853 return 0; 8854 } 8855 } else { 8856 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8857 if (!DC) { 8858 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8859 << SS.getRange(); 8860 return 0; 8861 } 8862 } 8863 8864 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8865 return 0; 8866 8867 SearchDC = DC; 8868 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8869 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8870 8871 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8872 return 0; 8873 8874 if (Previous.empty()) { 8875 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8876 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8877 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8878 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8879 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8880 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8881 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8882 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8883 IsDependent = true; 8884 return 0; 8885 } 8886 8887 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8888 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8889 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8890 Name = 0; 8891 Invalid = true; 8892 goto CreateNewDecl; 8893 } 8894 } else if (Name) { 8895 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8896 // declaration or definition. 8897 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8898 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8899 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8900 LookupName(Previous, S); 8901 8902 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8903 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8904 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8905 while (F.hasNext()) { 8906 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8907 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8908 F.erase(); 8909 } 8910 F.done(); 8911 } 8912 8913 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8914 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8915 return 0; 8916 8917 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8918 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8919 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8920 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8921 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8922 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8923 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8924 } 8925 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8926 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8927 // initial context to the translation unit. 8928 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8929 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8930 } 8931 8932 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8933 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8934 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8935 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8936 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8937 Previous.clear(); 8938 } 8939 8940 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8941 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8942 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8943 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8944 8945 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8946 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8947 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8948 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8949 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8950 } 8951 } 8952 8953 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8954 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8955 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8956 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8957 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8958 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8959 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8960 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8961 8962 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8963 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8964 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8965 // 8966 // class-key identifier 8967 // 8968 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8969 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8970 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8971 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8972 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8973 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8974 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8975 // declaration. 8976 // 8977 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8978 // C structs and unions. 8979 // 8980 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8981 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8982 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8983 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8984 // 8985 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8986 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8987 // 8988 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8989 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8990 // lexical context, 8991 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8992 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8993 8994 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8995 while (S->isClassScope() || 8996 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8997 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8998 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8999 (S->getEntity() && 9000 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9001 S = S->getParent(); 9002 } else { 9003 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9004 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9005 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9006 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9007 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9008 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9009 } 9010 9011 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9012 // diagnose some problems. 9013 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9014 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9015 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9016 } 9017 } 9018 9019 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9020 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9021 9022 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9023 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9024 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9025 // in C++. 9026 // 9027 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9028 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9029 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9030 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9031 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9032 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9033 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9034 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9035 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9036 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9037 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9038 PrevDecl = Tag; 9039 Previous.clear(); 9040 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9041 Previous.resolveKind(); 9042 } 9043 } 9044 } 9045 } 9046 9047 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9048 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9049 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9050 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9051 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9052 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9053 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9054 // struct or something similar. 9055 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9056 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9057 *Name)) { 9058 bool SafeToContinue 9059 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9060 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9061 if (SafeToContinue) 9062 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9063 << Name 9064 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9065 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9066 else 9067 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9068 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9069 9070 if (SafeToContinue) 9071 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9072 else { 9073 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9074 Name = 0; 9075 Previous.clear(); 9076 Invalid = true; 9077 } 9078 } 9079 9080 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9081 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9082 9083 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9084 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9085 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9086 if (ScopedEnum) 9087 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9088 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9089 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9090 return PrevTagDecl; 9091 } 9092 9093 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9094 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9095 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9096 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9097 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9098 9099 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9100 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9101 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9102 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9103 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9104 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9105 } 9106 9107 if (!Invalid) { 9108 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9109 9110 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9111 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9112 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9113 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9114 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9115 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9116 return PrevTagDecl; 9117 9118 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9119 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9120 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9121 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9122 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9123 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9124 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9125 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9126 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9127 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9128 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9129 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9130 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9131 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9132 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9133 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9134 } 9135 9136 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9137 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9138 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9139 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9140 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9141 else 9142 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9143 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9144 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9145 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9146 // references get the previous definition. 9147 Name = 0; 9148 Previous.clear(); 9149 Invalid = true; 9150 } 9151 } else { 9152 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9153 // about a nested redefinition. 9154 const TagType *Tag 9155 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9156 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9157 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9158 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9159 diag::note_previous_definition); 9160 Name = 0; 9161 Previous.clear(); 9162 Invalid = true; 9163 } 9164 } 9165 9166 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9167 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9168 } 9169 } 9170 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9171 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9172 9173 } else { 9174 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9175 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9176 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9177 // have distinct types. 9178 Previous.clear(); 9179 } 9180 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9181 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9182 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9183 9184 9185 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9186 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9187 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9188 } else { 9189 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9190 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9191 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9192 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9193 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9194 unsigned Kind = 0; 9195 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9196 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9197 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9198 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9199 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9200 Invalid = true; 9201 9202 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9203 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9204 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9205 // do nothing 9206 9207 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9208 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9209 unsigned Kind = 0; 9210 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9211 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9212 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9213 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9214 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9215 Invalid = true; 9216 9217 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9218 // case here. 9219 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9220 unsigned Kind = 0; 9221 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9222 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9223 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9224 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9225 Invalid = true; 9226 9227 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9228 } else { 9229 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9230 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9231 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9232 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9233 Name = 0; 9234 Invalid = true; 9235 } 9236 9237 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9238 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9239 Previous.clear(); 9240 } 9241 } 9242 9243 CreateNewDecl: 9244 9245 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9246 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9247 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9248 9249 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9250 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9251 // keyword. 9252 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9253 9254 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9255 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9256 // PrevDecl. 9257 TagDecl *New; 9258 9259 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9260 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9261 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9262 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9263 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9264 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9265 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9266 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9267 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9268 TagDecl *Def; 9269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9270 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9271 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9272 } 9273 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9274 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9275 << New; 9276 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9277 } else { 9278 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9279 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9280 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9281 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9282 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9283 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9284 9285 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9286 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9287 // the declaration context. 9288 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9289 IsForwardReference = true; 9290 } 9291 } 9292 9293 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9294 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9295 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9296 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9297 else 9298 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9299 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9300 } 9301 9302 } else { 9303 // struct/union/class 9304 9305 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9306 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9308 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9309 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9310 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9311 9312 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9313 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9314 } else 9315 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9316 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9317 } 9318 9319 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9320 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9321 if (SS.isSet()) { 9322 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9323 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9324 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9325 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9326 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9327 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9328 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9329 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9330 Invalid = true; 9331 9332 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9333 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9334 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9335 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9336 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9337 } 9338 } 9339 else 9340 Invalid = true; 9341 } 9342 9343 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9344 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9345 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9346 // 9347 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9348 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9349 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9350 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9351 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9352 // parsing of the struct). 9353 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9354 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9355 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9356 } 9357 } 9358 9359 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9360 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9362 << 2 9363 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9364 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9365 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9366 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9367 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9368 New->setModulePrivate(); 9369 } 9370 9371 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9372 // check the specialization. 9373 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9374 Invalid = true; 9375 9376 if (Invalid) 9377 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9378 9379 if (Attr) 9380 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9381 9382 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9383 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9384 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9385 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9386 9387 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9388 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9389 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9390 9391 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9392 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9393 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9394 // the tag name visible. 9395 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9396 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9397 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9398 9399 // Set the access specifier. 9400 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9401 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9402 9403 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9404 New->startDefinition(); 9405 9406 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9407 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9408 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9409 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9410 if (PrevDecl) 9411 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9412 9413 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9414 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9415 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9416 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9417 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9418 } else if (Name) { 9419 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9420 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9421 if (IsForwardReference) 9422 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9423 9424 } else { 9425 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9426 } 9427 9428 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9429 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9430 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9431 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9432 II->isStr("FILE")) 9433 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9434 9435 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9436 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9437 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9438 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9439 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9440 9441 if (PrevDecl) 9442 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9443 9444 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9445 // record. 9446 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9447 9448 OwnedDecl = true; 9449 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9450 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9451 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9452 } 9453 9454 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9455 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9456 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9457 9458 // Enter the tag context. 9459 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9460 9461 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9462 9463 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9464 // record. 9465 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9466 } 9467 9468 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9469 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9470 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9471 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9472 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9473 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9474 CurContext = OCD; 9475 return IDecl; 9476 } 9477 9478 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9479 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9480 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9481 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9482 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9483 9484 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9485 9486 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9487 return; 9488 9489 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9490 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9491 9492 // C++ [class]p2: 9493 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9494 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9495 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9496 // as if it were a public member name. 9497 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9498 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9499 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9500 Record->getIdentifier(), 9501 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9502 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9503 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9504 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9505 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9506 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9507 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9508 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9509 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9510 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9511 } 9512 9513 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9514 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9515 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9516 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9517 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9518 9519 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9520 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9521 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9522 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9523 RD->completeDefinition(); 9524 } 9525 9526 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9527 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9528 9529 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9530 PopDeclContext(); 9531 9532 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9533 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9534 } 9535 9536 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9537 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9538 PopDeclContext(); 9539 } 9540 9541 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9542 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9543 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9544 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9545 } 9546 9547 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9548 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9549 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9550 } 9551 9552 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9553 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9554 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9555 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9556 9557 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9558 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9559 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9560 RD->completeDefinition(); 9561 } 9562 9563 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9564 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9565 // the FieldCollector. 9566 9567 PopDeclContext(); 9568 } 9569 9570 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9571 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9572 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9573 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9574 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9575 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9576 if (ZeroWidth) 9577 *ZeroWidth = true; 9578 9579 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9580 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9581 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9582 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9583 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9584 return ExprError(); 9585 if (FieldName) 9586 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9587 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9588 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9589 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9590 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9591 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9592 return ExprError(); 9593 9594 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9595 // it now. 9596 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9597 return Owned(BitWidth); 9598 9599 llvm::APSInt Value; 9600 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9601 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9602 return ICE; 9603 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9604 9605 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9606 *ZeroWidth = false; 9607 9608 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9609 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9610 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9611 9612 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9613 if (FieldName) 9614 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9615 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9616 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9617 << Value.toString(10); 9618 } 9619 9620 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9621 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9622 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9623 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9624 if (FieldName) 9625 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9626 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9627 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9628 9629 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9630 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9631 } 9632 9633 if (FieldName) 9634 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9635 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9636 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9637 else 9638 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9639 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9640 } 9641 } 9642 9643 return Owned(BitWidth); 9644 } 9645 9646 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9647 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9648 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9649 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9650 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9651 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9652 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9653 return Res; 9654 } 9655 9656 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9657 /// 9658 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9659 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9660 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9661 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9662 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9663 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9664 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9665 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9666 9667 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9668 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9669 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9670 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9671 9672 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9673 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9674 D.setInvalidType(); 9675 T = Context.IntTy; 9676 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9677 } 9678 } 9679 9680 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9681 9682 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9683 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9684 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9685 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9686 << 2; 9687 9688 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9689 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9690 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9691 LookupName(Previous, S); 9692 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9693 case LookupResult::Found: 9694 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9695 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9696 break; 9697 9698 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9699 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9700 break; 9701 9702 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9703 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9704 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9705 break; 9706 } 9707 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9708 9709 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9710 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9711 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9712 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9713 PrevDecl = 0; 9714 } 9715 9716 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9717 PrevDecl = 0; 9718 9719 bool Mutable 9720 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9721 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9722 FieldDecl *NewFD 9723 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9724 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9725 9726 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9727 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9728 9729 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9730 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9731 9732 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9733 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9734 // with the same name in the same scope. 9735 } else if (II) { 9736 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9737 } else 9738 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9739 9740 return NewFD; 9741 } 9742 9743 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9744 /// 9745 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9746 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9747 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9748 /// created. 9749 /// 9750 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9751 /// 9752 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9753 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9754 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9755 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9756 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9757 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9758 SourceLocation TSSL, 9759 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9760 Declarator *D) { 9761 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9762 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9763 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9764 9765 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9766 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9767 if (T.isNull()) { 9768 InvalidDecl = true; 9769 T = Context.IntTy; 9770 } 9771 9772 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9773 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9774 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9775 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9776 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9777 InvalidDecl = true; 9778 } else { 9779 NamedDecl *Def; 9780 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9781 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9782 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9783 InvalidDecl = true; 9784 } 9785 } 9786 } 9787 9788 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9789 // than a variably modified type. 9790 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9791 bool SizeIsNegative; 9792 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9793 9794 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9795 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9796 SizeIsNegative, 9797 Oversized); 9798 if (FixedTInfo) { 9799 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9800 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9801 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9802 } else { 9803 if (SizeIsNegative) 9804 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9805 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9806 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9807 << Oversized.toString(10); 9808 else 9809 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9810 InvalidDecl = true; 9811 } 9812 } 9813 9814 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9815 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9816 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9817 AbstractFieldType)) 9818 InvalidDecl = true; 9819 9820 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9821 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9822 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9823 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9824 if (!BitWidth) { 9825 InvalidDecl = true; 9826 BitWidth = 0; 9827 ZeroWidth = false; 9828 } 9829 } 9830 9831 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9832 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9833 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9834 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9835 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9836 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9837 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9838 9839 if (DiagID) { 9840 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9841 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9842 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9843 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9844 Mutable = false; 9845 InvalidDecl = true; 9846 } 9847 } 9848 9849 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9850 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9851 if (InvalidDecl) 9852 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9853 9854 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9855 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9856 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9857 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9858 } 9859 9860 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9861 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9862 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9863 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9864 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9865 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9866 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9867 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9868 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9869 // objects. 9870 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9871 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9872 } 9873 } 9874 9875 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9876 // the program is ill-formed. 9877 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9878 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9879 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9880 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9881 } 9882 } 9883 } 9884 9885 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9886 // representation, not a parser representation. 9887 if (D) 9888 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9889 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9890 9891 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9892 // retainable type. 9893 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9894 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9895 9896 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9897 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9898 9899 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9900 return NewFD; 9901 } 9902 9903 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9904 assert(FD); 9905 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9906 9907 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9908 return true; 9909 9910 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9911 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9912 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9913 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9914 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9915 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9916 // copy constructors. 9917 9918 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9919 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 9920 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 9921 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 9922 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 9923 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 9924 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9925 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9926 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9927 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9928 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9929 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9930 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 9931 member = CXXDestructor; 9932 9933 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9934 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 9935 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9936 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9937 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9938 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9939 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9940 // members unavailable. 9941 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9942 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9943 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9944 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9945 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9946 return false; 9947 } 9948 } 9949 9950 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 9951 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9952 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9953 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9954 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 9955 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 9956 } 9957 } 9958 } 9959 9960 return false; 9961 } 9962 9963 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9964 /// AST enum value. 9965 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9966 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9967 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9968 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9969 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9970 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9971 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9972 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9973 } 9974 } 9975 9976 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9977 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9978 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9979 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9980 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9981 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9982 9983 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9984 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9985 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9986 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9987 9988 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9989 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9990 9991 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9992 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9993 9994 if (BitWidth) { 9995 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9996 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9997 if (!BitWidth) 9998 D.setInvalidType(); 9999 } else { 10000 // Not a bitfield. 10001 10002 // validate II. 10003 10004 } 10005 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10006 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10007 D.setInvalidType(); 10008 } 10009 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10010 // than a variably modified type. 10011 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10012 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10013 D.setInvalidType(); 10014 } 10015 10016 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10017 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10018 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10019 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10020 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10021 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10022 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10023 return 0; 10024 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10025 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10026 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10027 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10028 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10029 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10030 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10031 } 10032 else 10033 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10034 } else { 10035 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10036 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10037 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10038 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10039 return 0; 10040 } 10041 } 10042 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10043 } 10044 10045 // Construct the decl. 10046 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10047 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10048 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10049 10050 if (II) { 10051 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10052 ForRedeclaration); 10053 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10054 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10055 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10056 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10057 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10058 } 10059 } 10060 10061 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10062 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10063 10064 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10065 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10066 10067 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10068 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10069 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10070 10071 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10072 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10073 10074 if (II) { 10075 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10076 // these to the interface. 10077 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10078 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10079 } 10080 10081 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10082 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10084 10085 return NewID; 10086 } 10087 10088 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10089 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10090 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10091 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10092 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10093 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10094 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10095 return; 10096 10097 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10098 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10099 10100 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10101 return; 10102 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10103 if (!ID) { 10104 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10105 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10106 return; 10107 } 10108 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10109 else 10110 return; 10111 } 10112 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10113 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10114 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10115 10116 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10117 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10118 Context.CharTy, 10119 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10120 DeclLoc), 10121 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10122 true); 10123 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10124 } 10125 10126 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10127 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10128 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10129 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10130 AttributeList *Attr) { 10131 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10132 10133 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10134 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10135 // it will now change. 10136 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10137 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10138 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10139 default: break; 10140 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10141 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10142 break; 10143 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10144 Context. 10145 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10146 break; 10147 } 10148 } 10149 10150 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10151 10152 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10153 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10154 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10155 if (Record) { 10156 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10157 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10158 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10159 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10160 ++NumNamedMembers; 10161 } 10162 } 10163 10164 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10165 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10166 10167 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10168 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10169 i != end; ++i) { 10170 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10171 10172 // Get the type for the field. 10173 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10174 10175 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10176 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10177 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10178 } 10179 10180 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10181 // diagnostics about it. 10182 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10183 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10184 continue; 10185 } 10186 10187 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10188 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10189 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10190 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10191 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10192 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10193 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10194 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10195 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10196 // array. 10197 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10198 // Field declared as a function. 10199 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10200 << FD->getDeclName(); 10201 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10202 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10203 continue; 10204 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10205 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10206 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10207 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10208 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10209 // Flexible array member. 10210 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10211 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10212 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10213 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10214 if (Record->isUnion()) 10215 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10216 << FD->getDeclName(); 10217 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10218 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10219 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10220 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10221 if (Record->isUnion()) 10222 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10223 << FD->getDeclName(); 10224 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10225 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10226 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10227 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10228 if (Record->isUnion()) 10229 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10230 << FD->getDeclName(); 10231 else 10232 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10233 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10234 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10235 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10236 << FD->getDeclName(); 10237 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10238 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10239 continue; 10240 } 10241 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10242 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10243 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10244 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10245 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10246 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10247 continue; 10248 } 10249 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10250 if (Record) 10251 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10252 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10253 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10254 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10255 // Incomplete type 10256 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10257 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10258 continue; 10259 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10260 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10261 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10262 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10263 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10264 } else { 10265 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10266 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10267 // structures. 10268 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10269 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10270 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10271 else { 10272 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10273 // other structs as an extension. 10274 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10275 << FD->getDeclName(); 10276 if (Record) 10277 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10278 } 10279 } 10280 } 10281 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10282 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10283 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10284 AbstractIvarType)) { 10285 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10286 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10287 } 10288 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10289 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10290 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10291 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10292 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10293 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10294 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10295 FD->setType(T); 10296 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10297 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10298 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10299 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10300 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10301 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10302 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10303 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10304 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10305 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10306 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10307 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10308 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10309 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10310 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10311 } 10312 } else { 10313 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10314 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10315 } 10316 ARCErrReported = true; 10317 } 10318 } 10319 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10320 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10321 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10322 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10323 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10324 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10325 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10326 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10327 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10328 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10329 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10330 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10331 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10332 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10333 } 10334 } 10335 } 10336 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10337 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10338 ++NumNamedMembers; 10339 } 10340 10341 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10342 if (Record) { 10343 bool Completed = false; 10344 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10345 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10346 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10347 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10348 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10349 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10350 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10351 10352 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10353 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10354 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10355 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10356 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10357 10358 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10359 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10360 10361 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10362 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10363 // problem now. 10364 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10365 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10366 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10367 10368 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10369 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10370 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10371 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10372 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10373 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10374 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10375 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10376 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10377 continue; 10378 10379 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10380 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10381 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10382 // program is ill-formed. 10383 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10384 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10385 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10386 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10387 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10388 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10389 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10390 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10391 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10392 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10393 10394 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10395 } 10396 } 10397 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10398 Completed = true; 10399 } 10400 } 10401 } 10402 } 10403 10404 if (!Completed) 10405 Record->completeDefinition(); 10406 10407 } else { 10408 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10409 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10410 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10411 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10412 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10413 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10414 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10415 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10416 } 10417 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10418 // duplicates. 10419 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10420 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10421 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10422 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10423 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10424 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10425 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10426 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10427 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10428 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10429 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10430 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10431 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10432 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10433 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10434 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10435 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10436 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10437 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10438 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10439 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10440 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10441 if (IDecl) { 10442 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10443 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10444 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10445 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10446 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10447 continue; 10448 } 10449 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10450 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10451 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10452 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10453 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10454 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10455 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10456 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10457 continue; 10458 } 10459 } 10460 } 10461 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10462 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10463 } 10464 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10465 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10466 } 10467 } 10468 10469 if (Attr) 10470 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10471 } 10472 10473 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10474 /// the given type T. 10475 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10476 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10477 QualType T) { 10478 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10479 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10480 10481 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10482 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10483 --BitWidth; 10484 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10485 } 10486 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10487 } 10488 10489 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10490 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10491 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10492 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10493 // enum checking below. 10494 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10495 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10496 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10497 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10498 }; 10499 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10500 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10501 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10502 }; 10503 10504 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10505 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10506 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10507 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10508 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10509 return Types[I]; 10510 10511 return QualType(); 10512 } 10513 10514 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10515 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10516 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10517 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10518 Expr *Val) { 10519 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10520 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10521 QualType EltTy; 10522 10523 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10524 Val = 0; 10525 10526 if (Val) 10527 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10528 10529 if (Val) { 10530 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10531 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10532 else { 10533 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 10535 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10536 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10537 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10538 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10539 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10540 ExprResult Converted = 10541 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10542 CCEK_Enumerator); 10543 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10544 Val = 0; 10545 else 10546 Val = Converted.take(); 10547 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10548 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10549 &EnumVal).take())) { 10550 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10551 } else { 10552 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10553 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10554 10555 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10556 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10557 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10558 // expression checking. 10559 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10560 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10561 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10562 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10563 } else 10564 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10565 } else 10566 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10567 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10568 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10569 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10570 // is the type of its initializing value: 10571 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10572 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10573 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10574 } else { 10575 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10576 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10577 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10578 // representable as an int. 10579 10580 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10581 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10582 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10583 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10584 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10585 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10586 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10587 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10588 } 10589 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10590 } 10591 } 10592 } 10593 } 10594 10595 if (!Val) { 10596 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10597 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10598 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10599 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10600 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10601 // is the type of its initializing value: 10602 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10603 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10604 // 10605 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10606 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10607 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10608 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10609 } 10610 else { 10611 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10612 } 10613 } else { 10614 // Assign the last value + 1. 10615 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10616 ++EnumVal; 10617 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10618 10619 // Check for overflow on increment. 10620 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10621 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10622 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10623 // is the type of its initializing value: 10624 // 10625 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10626 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10627 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10628 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10629 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10630 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10631 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10632 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10633 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10634 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10635 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10636 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10637 ++EnumVal; 10638 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10639 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10640 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10641 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10642 << EltTy; 10643 else 10644 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10645 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10646 } else { 10647 EltTy = T; 10648 } 10649 10650 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10651 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10652 // value, then increment. 10653 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10654 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10655 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10656 ++EnumVal; 10657 10658 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10659 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10660 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10661 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10662 // integral type. 10663 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10664 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10665 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10666 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10667 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10668 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10669 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10670 } 10671 } 10672 } 10673 10674 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10675 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10676 // enumerator's type. 10677 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10678 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10679 } 10680 10681 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10682 Val, EnumVal); 10683 } 10684 10685 10686 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10687 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10688 AttributeList *Attr, 10689 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10690 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10691 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10692 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10693 10694 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10695 // we find one that is. 10696 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10697 10698 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10699 // scope. 10700 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10701 ForRedeclaration); 10702 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10703 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10704 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10705 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10706 PrevDecl = 0; 10707 } 10708 10709 if (PrevDecl) { 10710 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10711 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10712 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10713 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10714 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10715 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10716 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10717 else 10718 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10719 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10720 return 0; 10721 } 10722 } 10723 10724 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10725 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10726 // different from T: 10727 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10728 // enumerated type 10729 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10730 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10731 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10732 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10733 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10734 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10735 10736 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10737 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10738 10739 if (New) { 10740 // Process attributes. 10741 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10742 10743 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10744 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10745 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10746 } 10747 10748 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10749 10750 return New; 10751 } 10752 10753 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10754 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10755 // Element2 = Element1 10756 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 10757 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 10758 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10759 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10760 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10761 if (!InitExpr) 10762 return true; 10763 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10764 10765 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10766 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10767 return true; 10768 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10769 if (!IL) 10770 return true; 10771 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10772 return true; 10773 10774 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10775 } 10776 10777 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10778 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10779 if (!DRE) 10780 return true; 10781 10782 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10783 if (!EnumConstant) 10784 return true; 10785 10786 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10787 Enum) 10788 return true; 10789 10790 return false; 10791 } 10792 10793 struct DupKey { 10794 int64_t val; 10795 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10796 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10797 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10798 }; 10799 10800 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10801 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10802 false); 10803 } 10804 10805 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10806 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10807 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10808 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10809 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10810 } 10811 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10812 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10813 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10814 } 10815 }; 10816 10817 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10818 // a previous element has already been set to. 10819 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10820 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10821 QualType EnumType) { 10822 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10823 Enum->getLocation()) == 10824 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10825 return; 10826 // Avoid anonymous enums 10827 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10828 return; 10829 10830 // Only check for small enums. 10831 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10832 return; 10833 10834 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 10835 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10836 10837 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10838 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10839 ValueToVectorMap; 10840 10841 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10842 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10843 10844 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10845 // an initialier. 10846 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10847 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10848 10849 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10850 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10851 if (!ECD) { 10852 return; 10853 } 10854 10855 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10856 continue; 10857 10858 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10859 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10860 10861 // First time encountering this value. 10862 if (Entry.isNull()) 10863 Entry = ECD; 10864 } 10865 10866 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10867 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10868 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10869 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10870 continue; 10871 10872 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10873 10874 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10875 if (Entry.isNull()) 10876 continue; 10877 10878 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10879 // Ensure constants are different. 10880 if (D == ECD) 10881 continue; 10882 10883 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10884 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10885 Vec->push_back(D); 10886 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10887 10888 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10889 Entry = Vec; 10890 10891 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10892 // diagnostics. 10893 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10894 continue; 10895 } 10896 10897 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10898 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10899 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10900 continue; 10901 10902 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10903 } 10904 10905 // Emit diagnostics. 10906 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10907 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10908 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10909 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10910 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10911 10912 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10913 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10914 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10915 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10916 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10917 ++I; 10918 10919 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10920 // the same value. 10921 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10922 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10923 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10924 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10925 delete Vec; 10926 } 10927 } 10928 10929 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10930 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10931 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10932 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10933 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10934 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10935 10936 if (Attr) 10937 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10938 10939 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10940 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10941 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10942 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10943 if (!ECD) continue; 10944 10945 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10946 } 10947 10948 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10949 return; 10950 } 10951 10952 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10953 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10954 // emit a warning. 10955 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10956 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10957 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10958 10959 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10960 // reverse the list. 10961 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10962 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10963 10964 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10965 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10966 10967 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10968 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10969 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10970 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10971 10972 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10973 10974 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10975 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10976 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10977 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10978 else 10979 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10980 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10981 10982 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10983 if (AllElementsInt) 10984 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10985 } 10986 10987 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10988 QualType BestType; 10989 unsigned BestWidth; 10990 10991 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10992 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10993 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10994 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10995 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10996 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10997 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10998 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10999 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11000 QualType BestPromotionType; 11001 11002 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11003 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11004 // enum definitions. 11005 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11006 Packed = true; 11007 11008 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11009 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11010 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11011 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11012 else 11013 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11014 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11015 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11016 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11017 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11018 } 11019 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11020 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11021 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11022 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11023 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11024 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11025 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11026 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11027 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11028 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11029 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11030 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11031 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11032 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11033 } else { 11034 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11035 11036 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11037 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11038 } else { 11039 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11040 11041 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11042 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11043 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11044 } 11045 } 11046 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11047 } else { 11048 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11049 // all of the enumerator values. 11050 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11051 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11052 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11053 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11054 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11055 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11056 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11057 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11058 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11059 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11060 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11061 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11062 BestPromotionType 11063 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11064 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11065 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11066 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11067 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11068 BestPromotionType 11069 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11070 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11071 } else { 11072 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11073 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11074 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11075 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11076 BestPromotionType 11077 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11078 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11079 } 11080 } 11081 11082 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11083 // the type of the enum if needed. 11084 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11085 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11086 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11087 11088 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11089 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11090 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11091 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11092 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11093 11094 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11095 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11096 11097 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11098 // the enum decl type. 11099 QualType NewTy; 11100 unsigned NewWidth; 11101 bool NewSign; 11102 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11103 !Enum->isFixed() && 11104 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11105 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11106 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11107 NewSign = true; 11108 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11109 // Already the right type! 11110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11111 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11112 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11113 // enumeration. 11114 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11115 continue; 11116 } else { 11117 NewTy = BestType; 11118 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11119 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11120 } 11121 11122 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11123 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11124 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11125 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11126 11127 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11128 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11129 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11130 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11131 CK_IntegralCast, 11132 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11133 /*base paths*/ 0, 11134 VK_RValue)); 11135 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11136 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11137 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11138 // enumeration. 11139 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11140 else 11141 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11142 } 11143 11144 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11145 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11146 11147 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11148 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11149 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11150 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11151 11152 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11153 } 11154 11155 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11156 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11157 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11158 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11159 11160 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11161 AsmString, StartLoc, 11162 EndLoc); 11163 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11164 return New; 11165 } 11166 11167 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11168 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11169 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11170 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11171 Module::AllVisible, 11172 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11173 if (!Mod) 11174 return true; 11175 11176 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11177 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11178 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11179 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11180 // We need the length to be consistent. 11181 if (!ModCheck) 11182 break; 11183 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11184 11185 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11186 } 11187 11188 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11189 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11190 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11191 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11192 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11193 return Import; 11194 } 11195 11196 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11197 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11198 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11199 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11200 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11201 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11202 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11203 11204 // Make the module visible. 11205 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible); 11206 } 11207 11208 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11209 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11210 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11211 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11212 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11213 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11214 LookupOrdinaryName); 11215 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11216 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11217 11218 if (PrevDecl) 11219 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11220 else 11221 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11222 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11223 } 11224 11225 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11226 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11227 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11228 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11229 11230 if (PrevDecl) { 11231 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11232 } else { 11233 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11234 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11235 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11236 } 11237 } 11238 11239 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11240 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11241 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11242 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11243 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11244 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11245 LookupOrdinaryName); 11246 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11247 11248 if (PrevDecl) { 11249 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11250 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11251 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11252 } else { 11253 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11254 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11255 } 11256 } 11257 11258 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11259 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11260 } 11261 11262 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11263 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11264 return D->getAvailability(); 11265 } 11266